Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / World Acceptance Corporation / FY2020 Annual Report

World Acceptance Corporation
Annual Report 2020

WRLD · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker WRLD
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 2872
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · World Acceptance Corporation
Loading PDF…
2020 Annual ReportCOMPANY PROFILE 

  WORLD  ACCEPTANCE  CORPORATION  (“World”),  founded  in  1962,  is  one  of  the  largest  small-loan  consumer 
finance  companies  in  the  United  States.    It  offers  short-term  small  loans,  medium-term  larger  loans,  related  credit  insurance 
products, and ancillary products to individuals who have limited access to other sources of consumer credit.  It also offers income 
tax return preparation services to its customer base and to others. 

  World emphasizes quality customer service and the building of strong personal relationships with its customers.  As a result, 
a substantial portion of World's business is repeat business from the renewal of loans to existing customers and the origination of 
new loans to former customers.  As of March 31, 2020, World had approximately 890,000 customers.  During fiscal 2020, World 
loaned $2.9 billion in 1.9 million transactions.  World's loans are generally less than $4,000 with maturities of less than 42 months.  
World’s average gross loan, including refinances, made in fiscal 2020 was $1,517, and the average contractual maturity was 
approximately twelve months. 

As  of  June  30,  2020,  World  operated  1,240  offices  in  Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Louisiana, 

Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah and Wisconsin. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item No.  Contents 

Financial Highlights 
Message to Shareholders 

1. 
1A. 
1B. 
2. 
3. 
4. 

5. 
6. 
7. 
7A. 
8. 
9. 
9A. 
9B. 

10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 

15. 
16. 

PART I 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

PART III 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

SIGNATURES 

Page 
3 
4 

6 
18 
32 
32 
32 
34 

34 

36 
37 
53 
54 
93 
93 
94 

94 
94 
94 
94 
94 

94 
95 

96 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share and statistical data) 

Select Statement of Operations Data: 

Total revenues. ......................................................................  

Net income .............................................................................  

Diluted earnings per share .....................................................  

Selected Balance Sheet Data: 

Years Ended March 31, 

2020 

590,029 

28,157 

3.54 

2019 

544,543 

37,325 

4.05 

Gross loans receivable ...........................................................  

1,209,871 

  1,127,957 

Total assets ............................................................................  

1,030,086 

Total debt ...............................................................................  

Total shareholders' equity ......................................................  

Selected Ratios: 

Return on average assets ........................................................  

Return on average shareholders' equity .................................  

Shareholders' equity to assets ................................................  

Statistical Data: 

451,100 

411,963 

2.8% 

7.3% 

40.0% 

854,988 

251,940 

552,117 

8.8% 

13.6% 

64.6% 

Number of customers at period end .......................................  

895,949 

852,593 

Number of loans made ...........................................................  

1,931,212 

  1,836,100 

Number of offices ..................................................................  

1,243 

1,193 

See our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes included herein. 

Change (%) 

8.4% 

(24.4%) 

(12.5%) 

7.3% 

20.5% 

79.1% 

(25.4%) 

(68.2%) 

(46.3%) 

(38.1%) 

5.1% 

5.2% 

4.2% 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Our Shareholders 

Shareholders, 

In my letter last year, I discussed how our mission of helping customers “Get Back to the Good” in life is a reflection of 
our company’s long-standing history and culture. In summary, World serves the people that banks have traditionally ignored 
or left behind in our communities. We have served the underbanked, credit challenged, and unscored credit customers that were 
left as banks moved to higher credit quality customers and higher balance products. And, we’ve done so in a manner that treats 
our customers with respect and dignity. We help them in their time of need and give them the opportunity to improve their 
credit history for future needs. Our annual customer success statistics include nearly a quarter million customers moving out 
of deep subprime or subprime, half a million customers earning reduced interest rates and/or increased credit limits, and lending 
to nearly one hundred thousand customers without a credit score. These results exemplify what we aim to achieve as a company: 
customer success. We do all of this by underwriting the customer, not just the value of their collateral in case they default. At 
World, we are naturally aligned with our customer and share in their success.  

With the unexpected changes in our country’s economy and culture during recent months, this is an appropriate time to 
dive deeper into what has driven us through these times and will continue to direct us in the future. This year, I’ll share the 
“why” behind our decisions.  

Two years ago, before I accepted the responsibility as President and CEO, I deliberated at length on what my own guiding 
principles would be in this position. The interaction between self-interest, company-interest, and other external interests is a 
real and tangible issue facing leaders on a daily basis. Similarly entangled are the interests of a company’s many stakeholders 
and the related management challenge of sorting and prioritizing them.  Conventional wisdom suggests the only responsibility 
is  to  the  shareholders  and  the  board,  who  represents  them.  While  there  is  no  question  about  the  importance  of  these  two 
constituents, using them as the only guideposts seemed to be too narrow, I thought. Using only these guideposts would provide 
little guidance on the day to day running of the company, notably how best to affect and drive the indirect or intangibles such 
as:  why  people  should  join  my  team  and  why  customers  should  choose  us.  Positive  externalities,  especially  those  that  are 
difficult to quantify financially, become less important when accountable only to shareholders. On the other hand, expanding 
accountability across too many stakeholders seemed overly complicated and inevitably conflict laden.  

After much internal debate, I resolved to use stewardship as my guiding principle. Stewardship would become the yard 
stick to hold myself accountable in all decision-making, both easy and difficult, financial and cultural. To me, CEO stewardship 
means  leading  with  the  tangible  goal  of  one  day  leaving  World  Acceptance  much  better  off  than  I  found  it.  Today,  this 
leadership philosophy sets the tone for how I make decisions personally and how I encourage my team to make decisions. As 
such, it guides us. Implicit in this is a natural impermanence of leadership.  Just as I have inherited a strong company built by 
prior leaders, I will one day leave it to others who will lead after me. My job, as I view it, is to embrace impermanence and 
leave World in an even better position for the next leader, hopefully many years from now. The reality that World will continue 
after me or my team, obligates us to grow its long-term producing assets for the future and not use them purely for short-term 
gains. 

To fully align myself in this philosophy, I have four constituents under the stewardship umbrella: Shareholders, Customers, 
Team  Members,  and  the  Communities  we  serve.  Improving  outcomes  for  all  four  of  these  is  the  driving  force  behind  our 
decisions. Stewardship, by definition, measures success in long-term outcomes, sometimes at the expense of the near-term. I 
am not interested in improving one constituent over another one as this is fundamentally short-term in nature. Instead our goal 
is to work across the common interests of each to achieve long-term benefit for all, as this ultimately maximizes benefit to the 
shareholder over the long-term. 

To help embrace the mindset of long-term stewardship, we eliminated short-term incentives for our executives. This isn’t 
to minimize the importance of short-term performance, as short-term success ensures long-term existence. It is designed to 
always  prioritize  long-term  success  when  in  conflict  or  inconsistent  with  the  short-term.  All  executives  are  now  primarily 
fiscally  motivated  by  long-term  incentives.  We’ve  also  expanded  the  individuals  influenced  by  long-term  equity  driven 
incentives. Today three times the historical number of team members are long-term equity driven, including all senior leaders 
across the company. We altered our branch team member bonus plans to encourage healthy growth across both the short- and 
long-term  cycles.  These  changes  have  had  the  added  benefit  of  reducing  compartmentalization  of  results  and  improved 
4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Our Shareholders 

collaboration across departments. Even our daily discussions on capital allocation continue to be driven by this principal. The 
mindset has emboldened us to invest in the kind of technology and infrastructure, customer growth and portfolio acquisitions, 
stock repurchases, and long-term employee and cultural changes with a long-term horizon in mind. More so than ever, all levels 
in the company are aligned for long-term results.  

Our  emphasis  on  long-term  growth  is  balanced  by  customer  satisfaction  in  order  to  maintain  and  improve  customer 
retention levels. Former customer return rates have grown dramatically over the last few years, with superior customer service 
and improving customer outcomes being a few of the main drivers. New borrowers coming to World through customer referrals 
continues  to  grow  season  after  season.  As  we  continue  to  focus  on  customer  outcome  and  satisfaction,  the  end  affect  is 
improving the 1,200+ communities where we live and serve across the country.  

While this philosophy of stewardship, “leaving it better than you found it”, has been a driving tenant during the historical 
customer growth over the last two years, it also guided our decision-making during the recent COVID-19 pandemic. During 
this period, we offered several benefits to our customers impacted by illness or unemployment, even eliminating the normal 
waiting  period  for  insurance product benefits. We decided  to prudently  right  size  our  staff  in our  pursuit  of  increasing  the 
number of accounts each branch associate can service, decreasing in some areas while investing in others. We kept 97% of our 
stores open throughout March, April, and May to serve our communities while also providing flexibility to our team members 
to reduce their hours without impacting benefits. All of these decisions were made to steward the company over the long-term. 
I’m very proud of how quickly our team has responded, adapted, and come together to support each other and our customers.  

We will continue to engrain the philosophy of stewardship throughout the culture of the company in order to maximize 

shareholder value, provide “good” to our customers, and treat our team members like family. 

Chad Prashad 
President & Chief Executive Officer 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction 

World  Acceptance  Corporation,  a  South  Carolina  corporation,  operates  a  small-loan  consumer  finance  (installment  loan) 
business in sixteen states as of March 31, 2020.  As used herein, the "Company,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or similar formulations 
include World Acceptance Corporation and each of its subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. All references in 
this report to “fiscal 2021” are to the Company’s fiscal year ending March 31, 2021; all references in this report to "fiscal 2020" 
are to the Company's fiscal year ended March 31, 2020; all references to “fiscal 2019” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended 
March 31, 2019; all references to “fiscal 2018” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended March 31, 2018; all references to "fiscal 
2017" are to the Company's fiscal year ended March 31, 2017; and all references to "fiscal 2016" are to the Company's fiscal 
year ended March 31, 2016. 

PART I. 

Item 1.  

Description of Business 

General.  The Company was incorporated under the laws of South Carolina on February 22, 1973 and is now one of the nation's 
largest small-loan consumer finance companies, offering short-term small installment loans, medium-term larger installment 
loans, related credit insurance and ancillary products and services to individuals. The Company offers standardized installment 
loans  generally  between  $100  and  $3,200,  with  the  average  loan  being  $1,005.  The  Company  operates  1,243  branches  in 
Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  New  Mexico,  Oklahoma,  South 
Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Utah, and Wisconsin as of March 31, 2020. The Company generally serves individuals with limited 
access to other sources of consumer credit such as banks, credit unions, other consumer finance businesses and credit card 
lenders. The Company also offers income tax return preparation services to its loan customers and other individuals. 

The  small-loan  consumer  finance  industry  is  a  highly  fragmented  segment  of  the  consumer  lending  industry. Small-loan 
consumer  finance  companies  generally  make  loans  to  individuals  of  less  than  $2,000  with  maturities  of  less  than  18 
months. These companies approve loans on the basis of the personal creditworthiness of their customers and maintain close 
contact  with  borrowers  to  encourage  the  repayment  or,  when  appropriate  to  meet  the  borrower’s  needs,  the  refinancing  of 
loans. By contrast, commercial banks, credit unions and other consumer finance businesses typically make loans of more than 
$5,000 with maturities of greater than one year. Those financial institutions generally approve consumer loans on the security 
of qualifying personal property pledged as collateral or impose more stringent credit requirements than those of small-loan 
consumer  finance  companies. As  a  result  of  their  higher  credit  standards  and  specific  collateral  requirements,  commercial 
banks, savings and loans and other consumer finance businesses typically charge lower interest rates and fees and experience 
lower  delinquency  and  charge-off  rates  than  do  small-loan  consumer  finance  companies. Small-loan  consumer  finance 
companies generally charge higher interest rates and fees to compensate for the greater risk of delinquencies and charge-offs 
and increased loan administration and collection costs. 

The majority of the participants in the industry are independent operators with generally less than 100 branches. We believe 
that competition between small-loan consumer finance companies occurs primarily on the basis of the strength of customer 
relationships,  customer  service  and  reputation  in  the  local  community  rather  than  pricing,  as  participants  in  this  industry 
generally charge interest rates and fees at, or close to, the maximum permitted by applicable state laws. We believe that our 
relatively large size affords us a competitive advantage over smaller companies by increasing our access to, and reducing our 
cost of, capital. 

Small-loan consumer finance companies are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and licensing under various federal 
and  state  statutes,  ordinances,  and regulations.  Consumer  loan offices  are  licensed under  state  laws which,  in  many  states, 
establish maximum loan amounts and interest rates and the types and maximum amounts of fees and other charges. In addition, 
state laws govern other aspects of the operation of small-loan consumer finance companies. Periodically, constituencies within 
states seek to enact stricter regulations that would affect our business. Furthermore, the industry is subject to numerous federal 
laws and regulations that affect lending operations. These federal laws require companies to provide complete disclosure of the 
principal terms of each loan to the borrower in accordance with specified standards prior to the consummation of the loan 
transaction. Federal laws also prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory lending practices and prohibit 
unfair, deceptive, or abusive credit practices. 

Impact of COVID-19.  COVID-19 is having a global impact and the Company is closely tracking and reacting to the continued 
effects of the pandemic.  Thus far, nearly all branches have remained open as a result of being classified as an essential business 
by government authorities.  In each, steps have been taken to reduce personal interactions and assist associates and customers. 
Some of these measures include reducing store hours, providing additional leave for those directly impacted, closing lobbies 
and  offering  curbside  service,  and  encouraging  customers  to  service  accounts  digitally  rather  than  in  person.  Branch  team 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
members  have  remained  positive,  strong,  and  have  worked  hard  to  continue  to  be  a  resource  for  customers  during  these 
uncertainties. 

As we began to experience non-essential business and school closures, we proactively halted marketing efforts and updated 
underwriting criteria given the uncertainty at that time. The Company experienced expected declines in customer demand due 
to a combination of reduced marketing and stay-at-home orders reducing customer mobility. Rapid increases in unemployment 
and subsequent federal stimulus packages have both altered the underwriting landscape. As a result, the Company has seen 
significant  increases  in  online  and  phone  activity  related  to  account  access,  payments,  and  refinances.  To  assist  customers 
impacted by COVID-19, the normal 30 day wait period for unemployment insurance claims was waived and payment deferrals 
have been offered to impacted customers.  The Company has also expedited projects related to its digital presence and online 
lending and is currently piloting remote applications, signatures, and funding for select customers.  

See Part I, Item 1A for an update to our risk factors related to COVID-19. 

Expansion.  During fiscal 2020, the Company opened 19 new branches, purchased 38 branches, and merged or consolidated 7 
branches into existing branches due to their inability to generate sufficient returns or for efficiency reasons. In fiscal 2021, the 
Company currently plans to open or acquire approximately 25 new branches by increasing the number of branches in its existing 
market  areas  or  commencing  operations  in  new  states  where  it  believes  demographic  profiles  and  state  regulations  are 
attractive. The  Company  may  merge  other  branches  on  a  case-by-case  basis  based  on  profitability  or  other  factors.  The 
Company's ability to continue existing operations and expand its operations in existing or new states is dependent upon, among 
other things, laws and regulations that permit the Company to operate its business profitably and its ability to obtain necessary 
regulatory  approvals  and  licenses.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  laws  and  regulations  will  not  change  in  ways  that 
adversely affect the Company or that the Company will be able to obtain any such approvals or consents. See Part 1, Item 1A, 
“Risk Factors” for a further discussion of risks to our business and plans for expansion. 

The Company's expansion is also dependent upon its ability to identify attractive locations for new branches and to hire suitable 
personnel to staff, manage, and supervise new branches. In evaluating a particular community, the Company examines several 
factors,  including  the  demographic  profile  of  the  community,  the  existence  of  an  established  small-loan  consumer  finance 
market and the availability of suitable personnel. 

The following table sets forth the number of branches of the Company at the dates indicated: 

State 

Alabama 
Georgia 
Idaho (1) 
Illinois 
Indiana (2) 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Mississippi (3) 
Missouri 
New Mexico 
Oklahoma 
South Carolina 
Tennessee 
Texas 
Utah (4) 
Wisconsin 
Total 

2020 
68 
133 
18 
79 
38 
78 
52 
30 
81 
37 
69 
102 
107 
303 
18 
30 
1,243   

2019 
65 
124 
19 
77 
35 
78 
47 
27 
77 
37 
69 
95 
107 
298 
9 
29 
1,193   

2018 
65 
123 
20 
82 
32 
78 
47 
25 
76 
38 
71 
97 
105 
291 
  — 
27 
1,177   

2017 
65 
125 
21 
80 
29 
77 
47 
20 
75 
39 
74 
92 
104 
291 
  — 
30 
1,169   

At March 31, 
2015 
2016 
68 
69 
113 
114 
8 
17 
82 
82 
22 
25 
79 
79 
49 
48 
12 
20 
78 
77 
44 
42 
83 
82 
99 
96 
107 
106 
300 
300 
  — 
  — 
28 
29 
1,172   
1,186   

2014 
68 
110 
  — 
82 
17 
76 
48 
5 
76 
44 
83 
101 
105 
297 
  — 
26 
1,138   

2013 
64 
108 
  — 
81 
8 
71 
47 
  — 
76 
44 
82 
98 
105 
279 
  — 
21 
1,084   

2012 
62 
105 
  — 
75 
  — 
70 
44 
  — 
72 
44 
82 
97 
105 
262 
  — 
14 
1,032   

2011 
51 
103 
  — 
68 
  — 
66 
40 
  — 
66 
44 
82 
97 
103 
247 
  — 
5 
972 

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) The Company commenced operations in Idaho in October 2014. 
(2) The Company commenced operations in Indiana in September 2012. 
(3) The Company commenced operations in Mississippi in September 2013. 
(4) The Company commenced operations in Utah in October 2018. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mexico Exit.  On August 3, 2018 the Company and its affiliates completed the sale of the Company's Mexico operating segment 
in its entirety. The Company sold all of the issued and outstanding capital stock and equity interest of WAC de Mexico and 
SWAC to the Purchasers, effective as of July 1, 2018, for a purchase price of approximately $44.36 million. The Company has 
not and will not have any other involvement with the Mexico operating segment subsequent to the sale's effective date. The 
Company and its subsidiaries no longer operate in Mexico. Information about the Mexico operating segment is presented as 
discontinued operations in this annual report on Form 10-K. 

Loan and Other Products.  In each state in which we operate, we primarily offer pre-computed consumer installment loans that 
are standardized by amount and maturity. Consumer installment loans are our principal product and interest and fee income 
from such loans accounted for 86.2%, 86.2%, and 86.7% of our total revenues in fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 
Our loans are payable in fully-amortizing monthly installments with terms generally from 3 to 16 months and are pre-payable 
at any time without penalty. In addition, we offer income tax preparation and filing services as well as interest and fee-free tax 
advance loans. 

The following table sets forth information about our loan products for fiscal 2020: 

Small loans 
Large loans 

Minimum 
    Origination (1)   
$ 
$ 

100     $
2,500     $

Maximum 
    Origination (1)   
2,450    
20,600    

Minimum 
Term 
(Months)   
3    
12    

Maximum 
Term 
(Months) 
25  
48  

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Gross loan net of finance charges. 

Specific allowable interest, fees, and other charges vary by state and, consistent with industry practice, we generally charge at, 
or close to, the maximum rates allowable under applicable state law in those states that limit loan rates. The finance charge is 
a combination of origination or acquisition fees, account maintenance fees, monthly account handling fees, interest and other 
charges permitted by the relevant state laws. As of March 31, 2020, the annual percentage rates on loans we offer for small and 
large loans, including interest, fees and other charges as calculated in accordance with the Federal Truth in Lending Act, ranged 
from 0% to 199%, depending on the loan size, maturity, and the state in which the loan was made.  

As of March 31, 2020, annual percentage rates applicable to our gross loans receivable as defined by the Truth in Lending Act 
were as follows: 

Low 

High 

— %  
37 %  
51 %  
61 %  
71 %  
81 %  
91 %  
101 %  
121 %  
151 %  

36 %   $ 
50 %  
60 %  
70 %  
80 %  
90 %  
100 %  
120 %  
150 %  
199 %  

Amount 
361,084,827    
286,670,650    
170,055,923    
70,063,032    
36,531,908    
70,723,111    
119,397,778    
84,806,608    
9,630,303    
907,226    
    $  1,209,871,366    

Percentage of 
total 
gross loans 
receivable 

29.8   
23.7   
14.1   
5.8   
3.0   
5.8   
9.9   
7.0   
0.8   
0.1   
100   

The Company, as an agent for an unaffiliated insurance company, markets and sells credit life, credit accident and health, credit 
property and auto, unemployment, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance in connection with its loans in selected 
states  where  the  sale  of  such  insurance  is  permitted  by  law. Credit  life  insurance  provides  for  the  payment  in  full  of  the 
borrower's credit obligation to the lender in the event of death. Credit accident and health insurance provides for repayment of 
loan installments to the lender that come due during the insured's period of income interruption resulting from disability from 
illness or injury. Credit property and auto insurance insures payment of the borrower's credit obligation to the lender in the 
event  that  the  personal  property  pledged  as  security  by  the  borrower  is  damaged  or  destroyed  by  a  covered 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
event. Unemployment insurance provides for repayment of loan installments to the lender that come due during the insured’s 
period of involuntary unemployment. Accidental death and dismemberment insurance insures against unintentional death or 
dismemberment of the insured. The Company offers credit insurance for all loans originated in Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, 
Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, and South Carolina, and on a more limited basis in Alabama, Oklahoma, Tennessee, and 
Texas. Customers in those states typically obtain such credit insurance through the Company. Charges for such credit insurance 
are made at filed, authorized rates and are stated separately in the Company's disclosure to customers, as required by the Truth 
in Lending Act and by various applicable state laws. In the sale of insurance policies, the Company, as an agent, writes policies 
only within limitations established by its agency contracts with the insurer. The Company does not sell credit insurance to non-
borrowers. 

The  Company  has  a  wholly-owned,  captive  insurance  subsidiary  that  reinsures  a  portion  of  the  credit  insurance  sold  in 
connection with loans made by the Company. Certain coverages currently sold by the Company on behalf of the unaffiliated 
insurance carrier are ceded by the carrier to the captive insurance subsidiary, providing the Company with an additional source 
of income derived from the earned reinsurance premiums. 

The  Company  also  offers  automobile  club  memberships  to  its  borrowers  in  Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Indiana,  Kentucky, 
Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas, and Wisconsin, as an agent for an unaffiliated 
automobile club. Club memberships entitle members to automobile breakdown coverage, towing reimbursement and related 
services. The Company is paid a commission on each membership sold, but has no responsibility for administering the club, 
paying  benefits  or  providing  services  to  club  members. The  Company  primarily  sells  automobile  club  memberships  to 
borrowers. 

The table below shows the types of insurance and ancillary products the Company sells by state as of March 31, 2020: 

Credit Life 
X 
X 

Credit Accident 
and Health 
X 
X 

Credit 
Property and 
Auto 
X 
X 

Unemployment 

Accidental 
Death & 

Dismemberment  Non-file 

Alabama (1) 
Georgia 
Idaho 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Mississippi 
Missouri 
New Mexico 
Oklahoma (1) 
South Carolina 
Tennessee (1) 
Texas (1) 
Utah 
Wisconsin 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 
X 

X 

Automobile 
Club 
Membership 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Credit insurance is offered for certain loans. 

Another service offered by the Company is income tax return preparation and electronic filing. This program is provided in all 
but a few of the Company’s branches. The Company prepared approximately 84,000, 91,000 and 77,000 returns in fiscal years 
2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Net revenue generated by the Company from this program during fiscal 2020, 2019, and 
2018 amounted to approximately $20.9 million, $21.5 million, and $16.8 million, respectively. In addition, our tax customers 
are eligible to receive an interest and fee-free tax advance loan which is generally a percentage of the anticipated tax refund 
amount. The Company believes that this is a beneficial service for its existing customer base as well as non-loan customers, 
and it plans to continue to promote this program. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth information about our tax advance loan product for fiscal 2020: 

Tax advance loans 

Minimum 
Origination   
100    

Maximum 
Origination   
5,000    

Minimum 
Term 
(Months)   
8    

Maximum 
Term 
(Months) 
8  

Loan Receivables.  The following table sets forth the composition of the Company's gross loans receivable by state at March 
31 of each year from 2011 through 2020: 

State 
Alabama 
Georgia 
Idaho (1) 
Illinois 
Indiana (2) 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Mississippi (3) 
Missouri 
New Mexico 
Oklahoma 
South Carolina   
Tennessee 
Texas 
Utah (4) 
Wisconsin (5) 

Total 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

At March 31, 
2015 
2016 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

5  %  
13     

4  %  
13     

5 %  
13 
1 
8 
2 
8 
3 
1 
8 
2 
6 
10 
11 
19 
1 
2 
100 %  

5 %  
13 
1 
7 
2 
8 
3 
1 
7 
2 
7 
9 
12 
21 
   — 
2 
100 %  

5 %  
14 
   — 
7 
2 
9 
2 
1 
7 
2 
7 
10 
13 
19 
   — 
2 
100 %  

4 %  
15 
   — 
7 
2 
10 
2 
1 
7 
2 
7 
11 
13 
18 
   — 
1 
100 %  

6 %  
13 
   — 
7 
1 
10 
2 
   — 
8 
2 
8 
10 
13 
19 
   — 
1 
100 %  

7     
1     
10     
2     

4 %  
14 
   —      —      — 
8     
7 
1      — 
9     
10 
2     
2 
   —      —      — 
7 
2 
7 
12 
14 
20 
   —      —      — 
1 
100 %  

7     
2     
7     
12     
13     
21     

8     
2     
8     
11     
13     
19     

4 %  
14 
   — 
7 
   — 
10 
2 
   — 
6 
2 
6 
13 
15 
20 
   — 
1 
100 %  

1     
100  %  

1     
100  %  

4 % 
14 
   — 
6 
   — 
10 
2 
   — 
6 
2 
7 
14 
15 
20 
   — 
   — 

100 % 

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) The Company commenced operations in Idaho in October 2014. 
(2) The Company commenced operations in Indiana in September 2012. 
(3) The Company commenced operations in Mississippi in September 2013. 
(4) The Company commenced operations in Utah in October 2018. 
(5) The Company commenced operations in Wisconsin in December 2010. 

10 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the total number of loans, the average gross loan balance, and the gross loan balance by state at 
March 31, 2020:  

Total 
Number 
of Loans 

Average 
Gross Loan 
Balance 

Alabama 
Georgia 
Idaho 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Mississippi 
Missouri 
New Mexico 
Oklahoma 
South Carolina 
Tennessee 
Texas 
Utah 
Wisconsin 
Total 

55,050     $ 
105,132    
9,659    
51,184    
21,777    
58,615    
37,803    
20,325    
47,840    
23,717    
54,207    
89,791    
90,653    
229,740    
6,152    
14,214    
915,859     $ 

Gross Loan 
Balance 
(thousands) 
62,639  
1,138     $
1,473    
154,861  
1,026    
9,912  
1,779    
91,055  
1,304    
28,401  
1,604    
94,010  
1,010    
38,179  
815    
16,563  
1,938    
92,707  
1,173    
27,826  
1,393    
75,529  
1,353    
121,459  
1,497    
135,707  
1,012    
232,504  
1,164    
7,158  
1,503    
21,361  
1,321     $ 1,209,871  

Seasonality.  The  Company's  highest  loan  demand  occurs  generally  from  October  through  December,  its  third  fiscal 
quarter. Loan  demand  is  generally  lowest  and  loan  repayment  highest  from  January  to  March,  its  fourth  fiscal 
quarter. Consequently,  the  Company  experiences  significant  seasonal  fluctuations  in  its  operating  results  and  cash 
needs. Operating results for the Company's third fiscal quarter are generally lower than in other quarters, and operating results 
for its fourth fiscal quarter are generally higher than in other quarters. However, the effects of COVID-19 could impact our 
typical seasonal trends. 

Lending and Collection Operations.  The Company seeks to provide short-term consumer installment loans to the segment of 
the population that has limited access to other sources of credit. In evaluating the creditworthiness of potential customers, the 
Company primarily examines the individual's discretionary income, length of current employment and/or sources of income, 
duration of residence, and prior credit experience. Loans are made to individuals on the basis of their discretionary income and 
other factors and are limited to amounts we believe that customers can reasonably be expected to repay from that income given 
our assessment of their stability and ability and willingness to pay. The Company also generates a proprietary credit score in 
assisting loan decisions to potential new customers that evaluates key attributes such as payment history, outstanding debt, 
length  of  credit  history,  number  of  credit  inquiries  as  well  as  credit  mix.  All  loan  applicants  are  required  to  complete 
standardized credit applications in person or by telephone at local Company branches. Each of the Company's local branches 
are equipped to perform rapid background, employment, and credit checks and approve loan applications promptly, often while 
the customer waits. The Company's employees verify the applicant's sources of income and credit histories through telephone 
checks  with  employers,  other  employment  references,  and  verification  with  various  credit  bureaus. Substantially  all  new 
customers are required to submit a listing of personal property that will serve as collateral to secure the loan, but the Company 
does not rely on the value of such collateral in the loan approval process and generally does not perfect its security interest in 
that collateral. Accordingly, if the customer were to default in the repayment of the loan, the Company may not be able to 
recover the outstanding loan balance by resorting to the sale of collateral.  

The Company believes that development and continual reinforcement of personal relationships with customers improve the 
Company's ability to monitor their creditworthiness, reduce credit risk, and generate customer loyalty. It is not unusual for the 
Company to have made a number of loans to the same customer over the course of several years, many of which were refinanced 
with  a  new  loan  after  the  borrower  had  reduced  the  existing  loan's  outstanding  balance  by  making  multiple  payments. In 
determining whether to refinance existing loans, the Company typically requires loans to be current on a recency basis, and 
repeat customers are generally required to complete a new credit application if they have not completed one within the prior 
two years. 

11 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Approximately 79.6%, 78.7%, and 79.0% of the Company's loans were generated through refinancings of outstanding loans 
and the origination of new loans to previous customers in fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. A refinancing represents 
a new loan transaction with a present customer in which a portion of the new loan proceeds is used to repay the balance of an 
existing loan and the remaining portion is advanced to the customer. The Company markets the opportunity for qualifying 
customers to refinance existing loans prior to maturity. In many cases the existing customer’s past performance and established 
creditworthiness with the Company qualifies that customer for a larger loan. This, in turn, may increase the fees and other 
income realized for a particular customer. For fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, the percentages of the Company's loan originations 
that were refinancings of existing loans were 66.9%, 66.2%, and 65.9%, respectively. 

The Company allows refinancing of delinquent loans on a case-by-case basis for those customers who otherwise satisfy the 
Company's credit standards. Each such refinancing is carefully examined before approval in an effort to avoid increasing credit 
risk. A delinquent loan generally may be refinanced only if the customer has made payments that, together with any credits of 
insurance premiums or other charges to which the customer is entitled in connection with the refinancing, reduce the balance 
due on the loan to an amount equal to or less than the original cash advance made in connection with the loan. The Company 
does not allow the amount of the new loan to exceed the original amount of the existing loan. The Company believes that 
refinancing  delinquent  loans  for  certain  customers  who  have  made  periodic  payments  allows  the  Company  to  increase  its 
average  loans  outstanding  and  its  interest,  fees  and  other  income  without  experiencing  a  significant  increase  in  loan 
losses. These refinancings also provide a resolution to temporary financial setbacks for these borrowers and sustain their credit 
rating. Refinancings of delinquent loans represented 1.3%, 1.1%, and 1.2% of the Company’s loan volume in fiscal 2020, 2019, 
and 2018, respectively. 

To reduce late payment risk, local branch staff encourage customers to inform the Company in advance of expected payment 
problems. Local branch staff also promptly contact delinquent customers following any payment due date and thereafter remain 
in  close  contact  with  such  customers  through  phone  calls  or  letters  until  payment  is  received  or  some  other  resolution  is 
reached. The Company expanded our centralized collections in fiscal 2018, focusing on customers who have become more 
than 90 days past due on a recency basis. In Alabama, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Missouri, New 
Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Utah, and Wisconsin, the Company is permitted under state laws to garnish customers' wages 
for repayment of loans, but the Company does not otherwise generally resort to litigation for collection purposes and rarely 
attempts to foreclose on collateral. 

Insurance-related  Operations.  As  discussed  above,  in  certain  states,  the  Company  sells  credit  insurance  to  customers  in 
connection with its loans as an agent for an unaffiliated insurance company. These insurance policies provide for the payment 
of the outstanding balance of the Company's loan upon the occurrence of an insured event. The Company earns a commission 
on the sale of such credit insurance, which, for most products, is directly impacted by the claims experience of the insurance 
company  on  policies  sold  on  its  behalf  by  the  Company.  In  states  where  commissions  on  certain  products  are  capped,  the 
commission earned is not directly impacted by the claims experience. 

The  Company  has  a  wholly-owned,  captive  insurance  subsidiary  that  reinsures  a  portion  of  the  credit  insurance  sold  in 
connection with loans made by the Company. Certain coverages currently sold by the Company on behalf of the unaffiliated 
insurance carrier are ceded by the carrier to the captive insurance subsidiary, providing the Company with an additional source 
of  income  derived  from  the  earned  reinsurance  premiums. In  fiscal  2020,  the  captive  insurance  subsidiary  reinsured 
approximately 10.5% of the credit insurance sold by the Company and contributed approximately $2.2 million to the Company's 
total revenue. 

Non-Filing Insurance.  The Company typically does not perfect its security interest in collateral securing its smaller loans by 
filing UCC financing statements. Non-filing insurance premiums are equal in aggregate amount to the premiums paid by the 
Company to purchase non-filing insurance coverage from an unaffiliated insurance company. Under its non-filing insurance 
coverage, the Company is reimbursed for losses on loans resulting from its policy not to perfect its security interest in collateral 
securing the loans. 

Monitoring  and  Supervision.  The  Company's  loan  operations  are  organized  into  Southeastern,  Central,  and  Western 
Divisions. As of March 31, 2020 the Southeastern Division consisted of Georgia, Missouri, South Carolina and Tennessee; the 
Central Division consisted of Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Oklahoma and Wisconsin; and the Western 
Division consisted of Alabama, Idaho, New Mexico, Texas, and Utah. Several levels of management monitor and supervise 
the  operations  of  each  of  the  Company's  branches. Branch  managers  are  directly  responsible  for  the  performance  of  their 
respective branches. District Managers are responsible for the performance of 8 to 11 branches in their districts. They typically 
communicate with the branch managers of each of their branches at least weekly and visit the branches at least monthly. The 
Regional Vice Presidents of Operations monitor the performance of all branches within their states (or partial state in the case 
of Texas), primarily through communication with District Managers. These Regional Vice Presidents of Operations typically 
communicate  with  the  District  Managers  of  each  of  their  districts  weekly  and  regularly  visit  branches.  The  Senior  Vice 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Presidents  of  each  of  the  Southeastern,  Central,  and  Western  Divisions  are  responsible  for  supervising  the  Regional  Vice 
Presidents of Operations. 

Senior management has access to daily delinquency, loan volume, charge-off, and other statistical data on a consolidated, state 
and  branch  level. At  least  eight  times  per  fiscal  year  District  Managers  examine  the  operations  of  each  branch  in  their 
geographic area and submit standardized reports detailing their findings to the Company's senior management. The Company 
takes a risk-based approach to determine internal audit frequency. At least once every 18 months each branch undergoes an 
audit by the Company's internal auditors. These audits include an examination of cash balances and compliance with Company 
loan approval, review and collection procedures, and compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. 

Staff  and  Training.  Local  branches  are  staffed  with  a  minimum  of  two  employees. The  branch  manager  supervises  and 
administers operations of the branch and is responsible for approving all borrower loan applications and requests for increases 
in the amount of credit extended. Each branch generally has one or two account specialists who take loan applications, process 
loan  applications,  apply  payments,  and  assist  in  the  preparation  of  operational  reports,  collection  efforts,  and  marketing 
activities. Larger branches may employ additional account specialists. 

New  employees  are  required  to  review  detailed  training  materials  that  explain  the  Company's  operating  policies  and 
procedures. The Company tests each employee on the training materials during the first year of employment. In addition, each 
branch  associate  completes  an  online  training  session  once  every  week  and  attends  periodic  training  sessions  outside  the 
branch. The Company has also implemented an enhanced training tool known as World University, which provides continuous, 
real-time,  on-line  training  to  all  locations. This  allows  for  more  training  opportunities  to  be  available  to  all  employees 
throughout the course of their career with the Company. 

Advertising.  The  Company  actively  advertises  through  direct  mail,  targeting  both  its  present  and  former  customers  and 
potential customers who have used other sources of consumer credit. The Company obtains or acquires mailing lists from third 
party sources. In addition to the general promotion of its loans for last-minute needs, back-to-school needs and other uses, the 
Company  advertises  extensively  during  the October  through December holiday  season  and  in  connection with new branch 
openings.  The  Company  also  advertises  across  digital  platforms,  by  email  and  to  existing  customers  via  SMS/text. The 
Company believes its advertising contributes significantly to its ability to compete effectively with other providers of small-
loan consumer credit. Advertising expenses as a percent of revenue were approximately 4.1%, 4.1%, and 4.2% in fiscal 2020, 
2019, and 2018, respectively. 

Competition.  The small-loan consumer finance industry is highly fragmented, with numerous competitors. The majority of the 
Company's competitors are independent operators with generally less than 100 branches. Competition from community banks 
and credit unions is limited because they typically do not make loans of less than $5,000. We believe that online lending could 
be affecting the consumer lending market within which we operate. While it appears online lenders are marketing to a different 
customer segment than that of our primary customers, some of our customers may overlap. 

The Company believes that competition between small-loan consumer finance companies occurs primarily on the basis of the 
strength of customer relationships, customer service, and reputation in the local community rather than pricing, as participants 
in  this  industry  generally  all  charge  interest  rates  and  fees  at  or  close  to  the  maximum  permitted  by  applicable  laws. The 
Company believes that its relatively larger size affords it a competitive advantage over smaller companies by increasing its 
access to, and reducing its cost of, capital.   

Several of the states in which the Company currently operates limit the size of loans made by small-loan consumer finance 
companies and prohibit the extension of more than one loan to a customer by any one company. As a result, many customers 
borrow from more than one finance company, which enables the Company, subject to the limitations of various consumer 
protection and privacy statutes, including, but not limited to, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, 
to obtain information on the credit history of specific customers from other consumer finance companies. 

Employees.  As of March 31, 2020, the Company had 3,744 employees, none of whom were represented by labor unions. The 
Company considers its relations with its employees to be good. The Company seeks to hire people who will become long-term 
employees, and, as a result, the vast majority of our field leadership has been promoted from within. 

Information about our Executive Officers.  The names and ages, positions, terms of office and periods of service of each of the 
Company's executive officers (and other business experience for executive officers who have served as such for less than five 
years)  are  set  forth  below. The  term  of  office  for  each  executive  officer  expires  upon  the  earlier  of  the  appointment  and 
qualification of a successor or such officer's death, resignation, retirement, or removal. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name and Age 

Position 

R. Chad Prashad (39) 

President and Chief 
Executive Officer 

John L. Calmes Jr. (40) 

Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial and 
Strategy Officer, and 
Treasurer 

D. Clinton Dyer (47) 

Executive Vice President 
and Chief Branch 
Operations Officer 

Luke J. Umstetter (40) 

Senior Vice President, 
Secretary, and General 
Counsel 

A. Lindsay Caulder (44) 

Senior Vice President, 
Human Resources 

Jason E. Childers (45) 

Senior Vice President, 
Information Technology 

Scott McIntyre (43) 

Senior Vice President, 
Accounting 

Period of Service as Executive Officer and 
Pre-Executive Officer Experience (if an  
Executive Officer for Less Than Five Years) 

President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2018; 
Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Strategy  &  Analytics 
Officer  from  February  2018  to  June  2018;  Vice 
President  of  Analytics  from  June  2014  to  February 
2018;  Senior  Director  of  Strategy  Development  for 
Resurgent Capital Services (a consumer debt managing 
and  servicing  company)  from  2013  to  June  2014; 
Director  of  Legal  Strategy  for  Resurgent  Capital 
Services from 2009 to 2013. 

Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  and 
Strategy  Officer  and  Treasurer  since  October  2018; 
Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer from November 2015 to October 2018; Vice 
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from 
December  2013  to  November  2015;  Director  of 
Finance - Corporate and Investment Banking Division 
of  Bank  of  Tokyo-Mitsubishi  UFJ  in  2013;  Senior 
Manager  of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  from  2011  to 
2013; Manager of PricewaterhouseCoopers from 2008 
to 2011. 

Executive Vice President and Chief Branch Operations 
Officer since February 2018; Executive Vice President 
of  Branch  Operations  from  September  2016 
to 
February  2018;  Senior  Vice  President,  Southeastern 
Division  from  November  2015  to  September  2016; 
Senior Vice President, Central Division from June 2005 
to  November  2015;  Vice  President,  Operations  –
Tennessee and Kentucky from April 2002 to June 2005. 

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel 
since  August  2018;  General  Counsel  and  Chief 
Compliance Officer for Shellpoint Mortgage Servicing 
from December 2015 to August 2018; General Counsel 
for  Global  Lending  Services  from  May  2015  to 
December  2015;  Managing  Counsel  for  Resurgent 
Capital Services, June 2009 to May 2015. 

Senior Vice President, Human Resources since October 
2018; Vice President, Human Resources from February 
2016  to  October  2018;  Divisional  Vice  President  - 
Human Resources of Family Dollar Corporation from 
2012 
to  2016;  Director  -  Learning  and  Talent 
Acquisition of Family Dollar Corporation from 2009-
2012. 

Senior  Vice  President,  Information  Technology  since 
October 2018; Vice President of IT Strategic Solutions 
from April 2016 to October 2018, Partner and Head of 
IT at Sabal Financial Group, LP from March 2009 until 
April 2016. 

Senior  Vice  President  of  Accounting  since  October 
2018;  Vice  President  of  Accounting-US  from  June 
2013 to October 2018; Controller-US from June 2011 
to June 2013. 

14 

 
 
Government Regulation. 

Operations.  Small-loan  consumer  finance  companies  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation,  supervision,  and  licensing  under 
various federal and state statutes, ordinances, and regulations. In many cases these statutes establish maximum loan amounts 
and interest rates and the types and maximum amounts of fees and other charges. In addition, state laws regulate collection 
procedures,  the  keeping  of  books  and  records,  and  other  aspects  of  the  operation  of  small-loan  consumer  finance 
companies. Generally, state regulations also establish minimum capital requirements for each local branch. Accordingly, the 
ability of the Company to expand by acquiring existing branches and opening new branches will depend in part on obtaining 
the necessary regulatory approvals. 

For example, Texas regulation requires the approval of the Texas Consumer Credit Commissioner for the acquisition, directly 
or indirectly, of more than 10% of the voting or common stock of a consumer finance company. A Louisiana statute prohibits 
any person from acquiring control of 50% or more of the shares of stock of a licensed consumer lender, such as the Company, 
without first obtaining a license as a consumer lender. The overall effect of these laws, and similar laws in other states, is to 
make it more difficult to acquire a consumer finance company than it might be to acquire control of an unregulated company. 

All of the Company's branches are licensed under the laws of the state in which the branch is located. Licenses in these states 
are  subject  to  renewal  every  year  and  may  be  revoked  for  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  state  and  federal  laws  and 
regulations. In  the  states  in  which  the  Company  currently  operates,  licenses  may  be  revoked  only  after  an  administrative 
hearing. 

The Company and its operations are regulated by several state agencies, including the following: 

•  The Alabama State Banking Department 
•  The Industrial Loan Division of the Office of the Georgia Insurance Commissioner  
•  The Idaho Department of Finance 
•  The Consumer Credit Division of the Illinois Department of Financial Institutions 
•  The Indiana Department of Financial Institutions 
•  The Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions 
•  The Louisiana Office of Financial Institutions 
•  The Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance 
•  The Missouri Division of Finance 
•  The Financial Institutions Division of the New Mexico Regulation and Licensing Department 
•  The Oklahoma Department of Consumer Credit 
•  The  Consumer  Finance  Division  of  the  South  Carolina  Board  of  Financial  Institutions  and  the  South  Carolina 

Department of Consumer Affairs 

•  The Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions  
•  The Texas Office of the Consumer Credit Commissioner 
•  The Utah Department of Financial Institutions  
•  The Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions 

These state regulatory agencies audit the Company's local branches from time to time, and most state agencies perform an 
annual compliance audit of the Company's operations in that state. 

Insurance.  The Company is also subject to state regulations governing insurance agents in the states in which it sells credit 
insurance. State insurance regulations require that insurance agents be licensed, govern the commissions that may be paid to 
agents in connection with the sale of credit insurance and limit the premium amount charged for such insurance. The Company's 
captive insurance subsidiary is regulated by the insurance authorities of the Turks and Caicos Islands of the British West Indies, 
where the subsidiary is organized and domiciled. 

Consumer finance companies are affected by changes in state and federal statutes and regulations.  The Company actively 
participates in trade associations and in lobbying efforts in the states in which it operates and at the federal level. There have 
been, and the Company expects that there will continue to be, media attention, initiatives, discussions, proposals, and legislation 
regarding  the  entire  consumer  credit  industry,  as  well  as  our  particular  installment  loan  business,  and  possible  significant 
changes  to  the  laws  and  regulations  that  govern  our  business,  or  the  authority  exercised  pursuant  to  those  laws  and 
regulations. In  some  cases,  proposed  or  pending  legislative  or  regulatory  changes  have  been  introduced  that  would,  if 
enacted,  have a material adverse effect on, or possibly even eliminate, our ability to continue our current business. We can 
give no assurance that the laws and regulations that govern our business, or the interpretation or administration of those laws 
and regulations, will remain unchanged or that any such future changes will not materially and adversely affect, or in the worst 
case, eliminate, the Company’s lending practices, operations, profitability, or prospects. See "State legislation" and “Federal 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
legislation” below and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” for a further discussion of the potential impact of regulatory changes 
on our business. 

State legislation.  The Company is subject to numerous state laws and regulations that affect our lending activities. Many of 
these regulations impose detailed and complex constraints on the terms of our loans, lending forms and operations. Further, 
there is a trend of increased state regulation on loan origination, servicing, and collection procedures, as well as more detailed 
reporting and examinations, and coordination of examinations among the states. Failure to comply with applicable laws and 
regulations could subject us to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment against us of civil, monetary, 
or other penalties. 

In addition, state authorities regulate and supervise our insurance operations. The extent of such regulation varies by product 
and by state, but relate primarily to the following: licensing; conduct of business, including marketing and sales practices; 
periodic financial and market conduct examination of the affairs of insurers; form and content of required financial reports; 
standards  of  solvency;  limitations  on  the  payment  of  dividends  and  other  affiliate  transactions;  types  of  products  offered;  
approval  of  policy  forms  and  premium  rates;  formulas  used  to  calculate  any  unearned  premium  refund  due  to  an  insured 
customer; permissible investments; deposits of securities for the benefit of policyholders; reserve requirements for unearned 
premiums, losses, and other purposes; and claims processing. 

In the past, several state legislative and regulatory proposals have been introduced which, had they become law, would have 
had a materially adverse impact on our operations and ability to continue to conduct business in the relevant state. Although to 
date  none  of  these  state  initiatives  have  been  successful,  state  legislatures  continue  to  receive  pressure  to  adopt  similar 
legislation that would affect our lending operations. 

In addition, any adverse change in existing laws or regulations, or any adverse interpretation or litigation relating to existing 
laws and regulations in any state in which we operate, could subject us to liability for prior operating activities or could lower 
or eliminate the profitability of our operations going forward by, among other things, reducing the amount of interest and fees 
we can charge in connection with our loans. If these or other factors lead us to close our branches in a state, then in addition to 
the loss of net revenues attributable to that closing, we would also incur closing costs such as lease cancellation payments, and 
we  would  have  to  write  off  assets  that  we  could  no  longer  use. If  we  were  to  suspend  rather  than  permanently  cease  our 
operations in a state, we may also have continuing costs associated with maintaining our branches and our employees in that 
state, with little or no revenues to offset those costs. 

Federal legislation.  In addition to state and local laws and regulations, we are subject to numerous federal laws and regulations 
that affect our lending operations. These laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Military 
Lending  Act,  the  Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act,  and  the  regulations  thereunder,  and  the  Federal  Trade  Commission's  Credit 
Practices  Rule. These  laws  require  the  Company  to  provide  complete  disclosure  of  the  principal  terms  of  each  loan  to  the 
borrower prior to the consummation of the loan transaction, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory 
lending practices, and prohibit unfair, deceptive, or abusive credit practices. Among the principal disclosure items under the 
Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, which implements this statute, are the terms of repayment, the final maturity, the total 
finance charge, and the annual percentage rate charged on each loan. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits creditors 
from discriminating against loan applicants on, among other things, the basis of race, color, sex, age, or marital status. Pursuant 
to  Regulation  B  promulgated  under  the  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  creditors  are  required  to  make  certain  disclosures 
regarding consumer rights and advise consumers whose credit applications are not approved of the reasons for the rejection. The 
Military Lending Act applies to active-duty service members and their covered dependents. We are prohibited from charging 
a borrower covered under the Military Lending Act more than a 36% Military Annual Percentage Rate, which includes certain 
costs associated with the loan in calculating the interest rate. The Fair Credit Reporting Act, which among other things, governs 
the use of credit bureau reports and reporting information to credit bureaus. Additionally, the Fair Credit Reporting Act requires 
the Company to provide certain information to consumers whose credit applications are not approved on the basis of a report 
obtained from a consumer reporting agency and to provide additional information to those borrowers whose loans are approved 
and consummated if the credit decision was based in whole or in part on the contents of a credit report. The Credit Practices 
Rule limits the types of property a creditor may accept as collateral to secure a consumer loan. Violations of these statutes and 
regulations may result in actions for damages, claims for refund of payments made, certain fines and penalties, injunctions 
against certain practices, and the potential forfeiture of rights to repayment of loans. 

Although these laws and regulations remained substantially unchanged for many years, over the last several years the laws and 
regulations directly affecting our lending activities have been under review and are subject to change as a result of various 
developments and changes in economic conditions, the make-up of the executive and legislative branches of government, and 
the political and media focus on issues of consumer and borrower protection. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Media and 
public  characterization  of  consumer  installment  loans  as  being  predatory  or  abusive  could  materially  adversely  affect  our 
business, prospects, results of operations, and financial condition” below. Any changes in such laws and regulations could force 

16 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
us to modify, suspend, or cease part or, in the worst case, all of our existing operations. It is also possible that the scope of 
federal regulations could change or expand in such a way as to preempt what has traditionally been state law regulation of our 
business activities. The enactment of one or more of such regulatory changes could materially and adversely affect our business, 
results of operations, and prospects. 

Various legislative proposals addressing consumer credit transactions have been passed in recent years or are currently pending 
in  the  U.S.  Congress.  Congressional  members  continue  to  receive  pressure  from  consumer  activists  and  other  industry 
opposition groups to adopt legislation to address various aspects of consumer credit transactions. As part of a sweeping package 
of financial industry reform regulations, in July 2010 Congress passed and the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall 
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial 
Protection Bureau (commonly referred to as the CFPB), which has sweeping regulatory, supervisory, and enforcement powers 
over providers of consumer financial products and services, including explicit supervisory authority to examine and require 
registration of non-depository lenders and to promulgate rules that can affect the practices and activities of lenders. The CFPB 
continues to actively engage in the announcement and implementation of various plans and initiatives in the area of consumer 
financial transactions generally. Some of these CFPB announced plans and initiatives, if implemented, would directly affect 
certain loan products we currently offer and subject us to the CFPB’s supervisory authority. See Part II, Item 7, “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -  Regulatory  Matters,”  for  more  information 
regarding the CFPB's regulatory initiatives. 

The Dodd-Frank Act also gives the CFPB the authority to examine and regulate large non-depository financial companies and 
gives the CFPB authority over anyone deemed by rule to be a “larger participant of a market for other consumer financial 
products or services.” The CFPB contemplates regulating the installment lending industry as part of the “consumer credit and 
related activities” market. However, this so-called “larger participant rule” will not impose substantive consumer protection 
requirements, but rather will provide to the CFPB the authority to supervise larger participants in certain markets, including by 
requiring reports and conducting examinations to ensure, among other things, that they are complying with existing federal 
consumer  financial  law.  While  the  CFPB  has  defined  a  “larger  participant”  standard  for  certain  markets,  such  as  the  debt 
collection,  automobile  finance,  and  consumer  reporting  markets,  it  has  not  yet  acted  to  define  “larger  participant”  in  the 
traditional installment lending market. If, in the future, a traditional installment lending “larger participant rule” is promulgated 
by the CFPB, the rule would likely cover only the largest installment lenders, and we do not yet know whether the definition 
of larger participant would cover us.  

In addition to the grant of certain regulatory powers to the CFPB, the Dodd-Frank Act gives the CFPB authority to pursue 
administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws. In these proceedings, the CFPB can 
obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of 
affirmative  relief)  and  monetary  penalties.  Also,  where  a  company  has  violated  Title  X  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  or  CFPB 
regulations  thereunder,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  empowers  state  attorneys  general  and  state  regulators  to  bring  civil  actions  to 
remedy violations of state law. 

Although the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits the CFPB from setting interest rates on consumer loans, efforts to create a federal usury 
cap, applicable to all consumer credit transactions and substantially below rates at which the Company could continue to operate 
profitably, are still ongoing. Any federal legislative or regulatory action that severely restricts or prohibits the provision of 
small-loan consumer credit and similar services on terms substantially similar to those we currently provide would, if enacted, 
have a material, adverse impact on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. Any federal law that 
would impose a national 36% or similar annualized credit rate cap on our services would, if enacted, almost certainly eliminate 
our ability to continue our current operations. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors - Federal legislative or regulatory proposals, 
initiatives, actions or changes that are adverse to our operations or result in adverse regulatory proceedings, or our failure to 
comply  with  existing  or future  federal  laws  and regulations,  could  force  us  to  modify,  suspend, or  cease  part or  all  of  our 
nationwide operations,” for further information regarding the potential impact of adverse legislative and regulatory changes. 

Available Information. The Company maintains an Internet website, “www.LoansByWorld.com,” where interested persons 
will be able to access free of charge, among other information, the Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, its quarterly 
reports on Form 10-Q, and its current reports on Form 8-K as well as amendments to these filings via a link to a third-party 
website. These documents are available for access as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these documents 
with the SEC. The Company files these reports with the SEC via the SEC’s EDGAR filing system, and such reports also may 
be  accessed  via  the  SEC’s  EDGAR  database  at  www.sec.gov.  Information  included  on  or  linked  to  our  website  is  not 
incorporated by reference into this annual report. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A.  

Risk Factors 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This  annual  report  contains  various  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995 that are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions, as well as information currently available to 
management. Statements other than those of historical fact, as well as those identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” 
“estimate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “expect,”  “believe,”  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “would,”  “could,”  and  any  variations  of  the 
foregoing and similar expressions, are forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any 
such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Any 
such statements are subject to certain risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties 
materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual financial results, performance or financial condition 
may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated, expected or implied by any forward-looking statements. 

Investors should consider the following risk factors, in addition to the other information presented in this annual report and the 
other reports and registration statements the Company files with or furnishes to the SEC from time to time, in evaluating us, 
our business, and an investment in our securities. Any of the following risks, as well as other risks, uncertainties, and possibly 
inaccurate assumptions underlying our plans and expectations, could result in harm to our business, results of operations and 
financial condition and cause the value of our securities to decline, which in turn could cause investors to lose all or part of 
their investment in our Company. These factors, among others, could also cause actual results to differ materially from those 
we have experienced in the past or those we may express or imply from time to time in any forward-looking statements we 
make. Investors are advised that it is impossible to identify or predict all risks, and those risks not currently known to us or 
those we currently deem immaterial also could affect us in the future. The following risks should not be construed as exclusive 
and should be read with the other cautionary statements that are in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company does not 
undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements, except as may be required by law, whether as a result of new 
information, future developments, or otherwise.  

The coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic has and is expected to continue adversely affecting our business, liquidity, results 
of operations and financial position. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in widespread volatility and deterioration in household, business, economic, and 
market conditions. The ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic on our capital, liquidity, and other 
financial positions and on our business, results of operations, and prospects will depend on a number of evolving factors, 
including the duration, response, effect on customers, employees and service providers, and the effect on markets and 
economies. 

We are unable to estimate the full impact of COVID-19 on our business and operations at this time. However, we have 
started to experience reduced demand for our products and services.  We expect to continue experiencing adverse effects 
related to the pandemic, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, and 
prospects. Sustained adverse effects may also prevent us from satisfying our minimum capital ratios and other requirements 
under our revolving credit facility. 

In addition, as a result of our CECL implementation in fiscal 2021, our financial results may be negatively affected as weak 
or deteriorating economic conditions are forecasted and alter our expectations for credit losses. In addition, due to the 
expansion of the time horizon over which we are required to estimate future credit losses under CECL, we may experience 
increased volatility in our future provisions for credit losses. As a result, factoring in COVID-19, we could incur a significant 
provision expense for credit losses in the first quarter of 2021 and may incur significant provision expense for credit losses in 
future periods as well. 

Given the unprecedented nature of the crisis, our financial and economic models may be unable to accurately predict and 
respond to the impact of the economic contraction or lasting changes to customer behaviors, which in turn may limit our 
ability to manage credit risk and avoid higher charge-off rates. Additionally, our credit and economic models may not be able 
to adequately predict or forecast credit losses, loan receivables or other financial metrics during and after the crisis, which 
could result in our reserves being too large or insufficient. We do not yet know the full extent of the impacts on our business, 
our operations or the global economy as a whole. 

Federal legislative or regulatory proposals, initiatives, actions, or changes that are adverse to our operations or result in 
adverse regulatory proceedings, or our failure to comply with existing or future federal laws and regulations, could force 
us to modify, suspend, or cease part or all of our nationwide operations. 

We are subject to numerous federal laws and regulations that affect our lending operations. Although these laws and regulations 
have remained substantially unchanged for many years, the laws and regulations directly affecting our lending activities have 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
been  under  review  and  subject  to  change  in  recent  years  as  a  result  of  various  developments  and  changes  in  economic 
conditions, the make-up of the executive and legislative branches of government, and the political and media focus on issues 
of consumer and borrower protection. Any changes in such laws and regulations could force us to modify, suspend, or cease 
part or, in the worst case, all of our existing operations. It is also possible that the scope of federal regulations could change or 
expand in such a way as to preempt what has traditionally been state law regulation of our business activities. 

In July 2010 the Dodd-Frank Act was enacted. The Dodd-Frank Act restructured and enhanced the regulation and supervision 
of the financial services industry and created the CFPB, an agency with sweeping regulatory and enforcement authority over 
consumer financial transactions. Although the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits the CFPB from setting interest rates on consumer 
loans, efforts to create a federal usury cap, applicable to all consumer credit transactions and substantially below rates at which 
the Company could continue to operate profitably, are still ongoing. Any federal legislative or regulatory action that severely 
restricts or prohibits the provision of small-loan consumer credit and similar services on terms substantially similar to those we 
currently  provide  would,  if  enacted,  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  prospects,  results  of  operations,  and 
financial condition. Any federal law that would impose a 36% or similar annualized credit rate cap on our services would, if 
enacted, almost certainly eliminate our ability to continue our current operations. Given the uncertainty associated with the 
manner in which various expected provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have been and are expected to continue to be implemented 
by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our 
operations remains unclear; however, these regulations have increased and are expected to further increase our cost of doing 
business and time spent by management on regulatory matters, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
operations and results. 

The CFPB’s rulemaking and enforcement authority extends to certain non-depository institutions, including us. The CFPB is 
specifically authorized, among other things, to take actions to prevent companies providing consumer financial products or 
services and their service providers from engaging in unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with consumer 
financial products and services, and to issue rules requiring enhanced disclosures for consumer financial products or services. 
The CFPB also has authority to interpret, enforce, and issue regulations implementing enumerated consumer laws, including 
certain laws that apply to our business. Further, the CFPB has authority to designate non-depository “larger participants” in 
certain markets for consumer financial services and products for purposes of the CFPB’s supervisory authority under the Dodd-
Frank Act. Such designated “larger participants” are subject to reporting and on-site compliance examinations by the CFPB, 
which may result in increased compliance costs and potentially greater enforcement risks based on these supervisory activities. 
Although the CFPB has not yet developed a “larger participant” rule that directly covers the Company’s installment lending 
business, in June 2016 the CFPB stated that it expects to conduct separate rulemaking to identify larger participants in the 
installment lending market for purposes of its supervision program. Though the timing of any such rulemaking is uncertain, 
the Company believes that the implementation of such rules would likely bring the Company’s business under the CFPB’s 
direct supervisory authority. 

On October 5, 2017, the CFPB issued a final rule under its unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices rulemaking authority 
relating to payday, vehicle title, and similar loans. The final rule imposes limitations on (i) short-term consumer, (ii) longer-
term  consumer  installment  loans  with  balloon  payments,  and  (iii)  higher-rate  consumer  installment  loans  repayable  by  a 
payment authorization.  The final rule requires lenders originating short-term loans and longer-term balloon payment loans to 
first make a good-faith reasonable determination that the consumer has the ability to repay the covered loan along with current 
obligations and expenses (“ability to repay requirements”).  The final rule also curtails repeated unsuccessful attempts to debit 
consumers’ accounts for short-term loans, balloon payment loans, and installment loans that involve a payment authorization 
and an Annual Percentage Rate over 36% (“payment requirements”).  Although the Company does not make loans with terms 
of 45 days or less or obtain access to a customer’s bank account or paycheck for repayment of any of its loans, it does make 
some vehicle-secured loans with an Annual Percentage Rate within the scope of the final rule. Pursuant to the ability to repay 
requirements,  a  lender  must  consider  and  verify  the  amount  and  timing  of  the  consumer’s  income,  the  consumer’s  major 
financial obligations, and the consumer’s borrowing history prior to making a covered loan. Lenders would also be required to 
determine that a consumer is able to make all projected payments under the covered longer-term loan as those payments are 
due, while still fulfilling other major financial obligations and meeting living expenses. This ability to repay assessment applies 
to  both  the  initial  longer-term  loan  and  to  any  subsequent  refinancing.  In  addition,  the  final  rule  includes  a  rebuttable 
presumption  that  customers  seeking  to  refinance  a  covered  longer-term  loan  lack  an  “ability  to  repay”  if  at  the  time  of 
refinancing: (i) the borrower was delinquent by more than seven days or had recently been delinquent on an outstanding loan 
within the past 30 days; (ii) the borrower stated or indicated an inability to make a scheduled payment within the past 30 days; 
(iii) the refinancing would result in the first scheduled payment to be due in a longer period of time than between the time of 
refinancing the loan and the next regularly scheduled payment on the outstanding loan; or (iv) the refinancing would not provide 
the consumer a disbursement of funds or an amount that would not substantially exceed the amount of payment due on the 
outstanding loan within 30 days of refinancing. To overcome this presumption of inability to repay, the lender must verify an 
improvement in the borrower’s financial capacity to indicate an ability to repay the additional extension of credit. The final 
rule has significant differences from the CFPB’s proposed rules announced on June 2, 2016. Further, on February 6, 2019, the 

19 

 
 
 
 
CFPB issued two notices of proposed rulemaking regarding potential amendments to the Rule.  First, the CFPB is proposing 
to rescind provisions of the Rule governing the ability to repay requirements.  Second, the CFPB is proposing to delay the 
August 19, 2019 compliance date for part of the Rule, including the ability to repay requirements. These proposed amendments 
are not yet final and are subject to possible change before any final amendments would be issued and implemented.  We cannot 
predict what the ultimate rulemaking will provide. The Company does not believe that these changes, as currently described 
by the CFPB, would have a material impact on the Company’s existing lending procedures, because the Company currently 
underwrites  all  its  loans (including  those  secured by  a  vehicle  title  that  would  fall within  the scope of  these  proposals) by 
reviewing the customer’s ability to repay based on the Company’s standards. However, the changes for longer-term loans will 
require changes to the Company’s practices and procedures for such loans, which could materially and adversely affect the 
Company’s ability to make such loans, the cost of making such loans, the Company’s ability to, or frequency with which it 
could, refinance any such loans, and the profitability of such loans. Any regulatory changes could have effects beyond those 
currently contemplated that could further materially and adversely impact our business and operations. The Company will have 
to comply with the final rule’s payment requirements since it allows consumers to set up future recurring payments online for 
certain covered loans such that it meets the definition of having a “leveraged payment mechanism” under the final rule. The 
payment provisions of the final rule are expected to go into effect on August 19, 2019.  If the payment provisions of the final 
rule  apply,  the  Company  will  have  to  modify  its  loan  payment  procedures  to  comply  with  the  required  notices  within  the 
mandated timeframes set forth in the final rule.    

In addition to the specific matters described above, other aspects of our business may be the subject of future CFPB rulemaking. 
The enactment of one or more of such regulatory changes, or the exercise of broad regulatory authority by regulators, including 
but not limited to, the CFPB, having jurisdiction over the Company’s business or discretionary consumer financial transactions 
generically,  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  prospects.  See  Part  I,  Item  1, 
“Business-Government Regulation” for more information regarding legislation we are subject to and related risks. 

Although  we  are  working  to  resolve  the  previously  reported  investigation  of  our  Mexico  operations,  there  can  be  no 
assurance  that  our  efforts  to  reach  settlements  will  be  successful,  or  if  they  are,  what  the  timing  or  terms  of  any  such 
settlements would be. 

In March 2020, our discussions with the SEC progressed to a point that the Company could reasonably estimate a probable loss 
and  recorded  an  aggregate  accrual  of  $21.7  million  with  respect  to  the  SEC  matters.  As  the  discussions  with  the  SEC  are 
continuing, there can be no assurance that the Company's efforts to reach a final resolution with the SEC will be successful or, 
if they are, what the timing or terms of such resolution will be.  The Company has no offer of settlement or resolution with the 
DOJ at this time. Until any settlement or other resolution of these matters is reached, we expect to continue to incur potentially 
significant costs in connection with the investigation of our former Mexico operations, primarily in the form of professional 
fees and expenses. At this time, we are unable to predict the developments in, outcome of, and economic and other consequences 
of the investigation or its impact on our earnings, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition and ongoing business. While we 
have made an accrual related to the potential resolution, the discussions are continuing with the SEC, and there can be no 
assurance as to the timing or the terms of the final resolution of these matters. Although we do not presently believe that these 
matters, including the accrual (and the payment of the accrual at some point-in-time in the future) will have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows, given the inherent uncertainties in such situations, 
we can provide no assurance that these matters will not be material to our business, financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows in the future. 

We may be exposed to liabilities under the FCPA, and any determination that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has 
violated the FCPA could have a material adverse effect on our business and liquidity. 

We are subject to the FCPA and various other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws. We face significant risks and liability if 
we fail to comply with these laws, which generally prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from 
authorizing,  offering,  or  providing,  directly  or  indirectly,  improper  payments  or  benefits  to  foreign  government  officials, 
political  parties  or  candidates,  employees  of  public  international  organizations,  or  private-sector  recipients  for  the  corrupt 
purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage. As discussed in Part I, 
Item  3,  “Legal  Proceedings-Mexico  Investigation,”  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  we  retained  outside  counsel  and 
forensic accountants to conduct an investigation of certain transactions and payments in Mexico that potentially implicate the 
Company  in violations of  the  FCPA,  including  the books  and records provisions of  the  FCPA. In  addition, we voluntarily 
contacted the SEC and the DOJ in June 2017 to advise both agencies that an internal investigation was underway and that the 
Company intended to cooperate with both agencies. The Company has and will continue to cooperate with both agencies. The 
SEC issued a formal order of investigation in connection with these matters. 

If violations of the FCPA occurred, the Company could be subject to fines, civil and criminal penalties, equitable remedies, 
including profit disgorgement and related interest, and injunctive relief. In addition, any disposition of these matters could 
adversely impact the Company’s access to debt financing and capital funding and result in further modifications to our business 
practices and compliance programs. Any disposition could also potentially require that a monitor be appointed to review future 
business practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with the FCPA and other applicable laws. The Company could also 
face fines, sanctions, and other penalties from authorities in Mexico, as well as third-party claims by shareholders and/or other 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
stakeholders of the Company. In addition, disclosure of the investigation or its ultimate disposition could adversely affect the 
Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from its current customers and potential 
customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access the capital markets. Additional potential FCPA violations or violations 
of other laws or regulations may be uncovered through the investigation. 

In addition to the ultimate liability for disgorgement and related interest, the Company believes that it could be further liable 
for fines and penalties. 

Detecting, investigating, and resolving these matters is expensive and consumes significant time and attention of the Company’s 
senior  management. While we  are  currently  unable  to predict  what  actions  the  DOJ,  SEC, or other governmental  agencies 
(including governmental agencies in Mexico) might take, or what the likely outcome of any such actions might be, we may 
incur  substantial  additional  expenses  responding  to  such  actions.  In  addition,  such  actions,  fines,  and/or  penalties  could 
adversely affect the Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from its current 
customers and potential customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access the capital markets. If it is determined that a 
violation of the FCPA has occurred, such violation, or a settlement thereof, may give rise to an event of default under the 
agreement governing our revolving credit facility, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity. See Part I, Item 
1A, “Risk Factors- We depend to a substantial extent on borrowings under our revolving credit agreement to fund our liquidity 
needs” and “-The terms of our debt limit how we conduct our business.” 

Our investigation of our previous operations in Mexico may expose the Company to other potential liabilities in addition to 
any potential liabilities under the FCPA and cause the Company to incur substantial expenses. 

In addition to the FCPA implications of our internal investigation into our previous Mexico operations, as described in the 
preceding risk factor, our internal investigation may also uncover other material violations of federal and local laws, including 
but not limited to violations of tax laws and regulations. Any such violations could expose us to lawsuits and other liabilities 
under  applicable  law  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and  our  liquidity.  Investigating,  uncovering,  and 
resolving  these  matters  is  expensive  and  continues  to  consume  significant  time  and  attention  of  the  Company’s  senior 
management. In addition, we may incur substantial additional expenses responding to potential lawsuits and the results thereof 
could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from our current clients 
and potential clients, to attract and retain employees, and to access the capital markets. 

We may suffer significant liability in connection with indemnification provisions of the stock purchase agreement pursuant 
to which we sold our Mexico subsidiaries.  

In the second quarter of fiscal year 2019, we completed the sale of our two Mexico subsidiaries, WAC de Mexico and SWAC, 
to the Purchasers. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, we are obligated to indemnify the Purchasers for claims 
and  liabilities  relating  to  certain  investigations  of  WAC  de  Mexico,  SWAC,  or  the  Sellers  by  the  DOJ  or  the  SEC  that 
commenced  prior  to  July  1,  2018.  Any  such  indemnification  claims  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
condition, including liquidity, and results of operations. 

Litigation and regulatory actions, including challenges to the arbitration clauses in our customer agreements, could subject 
us to significant class actions, fines, penalties, judgments and requirements resulting in increased expenses and potential 
material adverse effects on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

In the normal course of business, from time to time, we have been involved in various legal actions, including arbitrations, 
class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our business activities. All such legal proceedings are inherently 
unpredictable  and,  regardless  or  the  merits  of  the  claims,  litigation  is  often  expensive,  time  consuming,  disruptive  to  our 
operations and resources, and distracting to management. If resolved against us, such legal proceedings could result in excessive 
verdicts  and  judgments,  injunctive  relief,  equitable  relief,  and  other  adverse  consequences  that  may  affect  our  financial 
condition and how we operate our business. Similarly, if we settle such legal proceedings, it may affect our financial condition 
and  how  we  operate  our  business.  Future  court  decisions,  alternative  dispute  resolution  awards,  business  expansion  or 
legislative  activity  may  increase  our  exposure  to  litigation  and  regulatory  investigations.  In  some  cases,  substantial  non-
economic remedies or punitive damages may be sought.  

Although we maintain  liability  insurance  coverage,  there can be  no  assurance  that  such  coverage  will  cover  any particular 
verdict, judgment, or settlement that may be entered against us,  that such coverage will prove to be adequate, or that such 
coverage will continue to remain available on acceptable terms, if at all. If in any legal proceeding we incur liability or defense 
costs that exceed our insurance coverage or that are not within the scope of our insurance coverage, it could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation.  

Certain legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and punitive damages, or claims for indeterminate amounts 
of damages. While the arbitration provisions in our customer agreements historically have limited our exposure to consumer 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
class action litigation, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in enforcing our arbitration clause in the future. 
There  may  also  be  legislative,  administrative  or  regulatory  efforts  to  directly  or  indirectly  prohibit  the  use  of  pre-dispute 
arbitration clauses, or we may be compelled as a result of competitive pressure or reputational concerns to voluntarily eliminate 
pre-dispute arbitration clauses. 

Unfavorable  state  legislation,  executive  orders,    or  regulatory  actions  ,  adverse  outcomes  in  litigation  or  regulatory 
proceedings or failure to comply with existing laws and regulations could force us to cease, suspend or modify our operations 
in a state, potentially resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

In  addition  to  federal  laws  and  regulations,  we  are  subject  to  numerous  state  laws  and  regulations  that  affect  our  lending 
activities. Many of these regulations impose detailed and complex constraints on the terms of our loans, lending forms and 
operations. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us to regulatory enforcement action that could 
result in the assessment against us of civil, monetary, or other penalties, including the suspension or revocation of our licenses 
to lend in one or more jurisdictions. 

As discussed elsewhere in this report, the Company’s operations are subject to extensive state and federal laws and regulations, 
and changes in those laws or regulations or their application could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
results of operations, prospects or ability to continue operations in the jurisdictions affected by these changes. See Part I, Item 
1, “Business-Government Regulation-State Legislation” and “-Federal Legislation,” and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” for 
more information regarding this legislation and related risks. 

Passage of adverse legislation, such as rate caps on financial lending products or similar initiatives, in any of the states in which 
we  operate  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations,  prospects,  or  ability  to 
continue operations in the jurisdictions affected by such changes. We can give no assurance that the laws and regulations that 
govern our business, or the interpretation or administration of those laws and regulations, will remain unchanged or that any 
such future changes will not materially and adversely affect or in the worst case, eliminate the Company’s lending practices, 
operations, profitability, or prospects. 

In addition, any adverse change in existing laws or regulations, or any adverse interpretation or litigation relating to existing 
laws and regulations in any state in which we operate, could subject us to liability for prior operating activities or could lower 
or eliminate the profitability of our operations going forward by, among other things, reducing the amount of interest and fees 
we can charge in connection with our loans. If these or other factors lead us to close our branches in a state, then in addition to 
the loss of net revenues attributable to that closing, we would also incur closing costs such as lease cancellation payments and 
we  would  have  to  write  off  assets  that  we  could  no  longer  use.  If  we  were  to  suspend  rather  than  permanently  cease  our 
operations in a state, we may also have continuing costs associated with maintaining our branches and our employees in that 
state, with little or no revenues to offset those costs. 

Changes in local laws and regulations or interpretations of local laws and regulations could negatively impact our business, 
results of operations, and financial condition.  

In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business is subject to various local laws and regulations, such as local 
zoning  regulations.  Local  zoning  boards  and  other  local  governing  bodies  have  been  increasingly  restricting  the  permitted 
locations of consumer finance companies. Any future actions taken to require special use permits for or impose other restrictions 
on our ability to provide products could adversely affect our ability to expand our operations or force us to attempt to relocate 
existing branches. If we were forced to relocate any of our branches, in addition to the costs associated with the relocation, we 
may  be  required  to  hire  new  employees  in  the  new  areas,  which  may  adversely  impact  the  operations  of  those  branches. 
Relocation of an existing branch may also hinder our collection abilities, as our business model relies in part on the locations 
of our branches being close to where our customers live in order to successfully collect on outstanding loans.  

We  may  experience  significant  turnover  in  our  senior  management,  and  our  business  may  be  adversely  affected  by  the 
transitions in our senior management team. 

Executive leadership transitions can be inherently difficult to manage and may cause disruption to our business.  In addition, 
management  transition  inherently  causes  some  loss  of  institutional  knowledge,  which  can  negatively  affect  strategy  and 
execution, and our results of operations and financial condition could be negative impacted as a result. The loss of services of 
one or more other members of senior management, or the inability to attract qualified permanent replacements, could have a 
material  adverse  effect  on  our  business.  If  we  fail  to  successfully  attract  and  appoint  permanent  replacements  with  the 
appropriate expertise, we could experience increased employee turnover and harm to our business, results of operations, cash 
flow and financial condition. The search for permanent replacements could also result in significant recruiting and relocation 
costs. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The departure, transition, or replacement of key personnel could significantly impact the results of our operations. If we 
cannot continue to hire and retain high-quality employees, our business and financial results may be negatively affected. 

Our  future  success  significantly  depends  on  the  continued  service  and  performance  of  our  key  management  personnel. 
Competition for these employees is intense. Our operating results could be adversely affected by higher employee turnover or 
increased salary and benefit costs. Like most businesses, our employees are important to our success and we are dependent in 
part on our ability to retain the services of our key management, operational, compliance, finance, and administrative personnel. 
We have built our business on a set of core values, and we attempt to hire employees who are committed to these values. We 
want to hire and retain employees who will fit our culture of compliance and of providing exceptional service to our customers. 
In order to compete and to continue to grow, we must attract, retain, and motivate employees, including those in executive, 
senior management, and operational positions. As our employees gain experience and develop their knowledge and skills, they 
become highly desired by other businesses. Therefore, to retain our employees, we must provide a satisfying work environment 
and competitive compensation and benefits. If costs to retain our skilled employees increase, then our business and financial 
results may be negatively affected.  

Media and public characterization of consumer installment loans as being predatory or abusive could have a materially 
adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. 

Consumer activist groups and various other media sources continue to advocate for governmental and regulatory action to 
prohibit  or  severely  restrict  our  products  and  services.  These  critics  frequently  characterize  our  products  and  services  as 
predatory or abusive toward consumers. If this negative characterization of the consumer installment loans we make and/or 
ancillary services we provide becomes widely accepted by government policy makers or is embodied in legislative, regulatory, 
policy  or  litigation  developments  that  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  continue  offering  our  products  and  services  or  the 
profitability of these products and services, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and 
adversely affected. Furthermore, our industry is highly regulated, and announcements regarding new or expected governmental 
and regulatory action regarding consumer lending may adversely impact perceptions of our business even if such actions are 
not targeted at our operations and do not directly impact us. 

Damage to our reputation could negatively impact our business.  

Maintaining a strong reputation is critical to our ability to attract and retain customers, investors, and employees. Harm to our 
reputation can arise from many sources, including employee misconduct, misconduct by third-party service providers or other 
vendors, litigation or regulatory actions, failure by us to meet minimum standards of service and quality, inadequate protection 
of customer information, and compliance failures. Negative publicity regarding our Company (or others engaged in a similar 
business or similar activities), whether or not accurate, may damage our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.  

Employee misconduct or misconduct by third parties acting on our behalf could harm us by subjecting us to monetary loss, 
significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny, and reputational harm. 

There is a risk that our employees or third-party contractors could engage in misconduct that adversely affects our business. 
For example, if an employee or a third-party contractor were to engage in, or be accused of engaging in, illegal or suspicious 
activities including fraud or theft, we could suffer direct losses from the activity. Additionally, we could be subject to regulatory 
sanctions  and suffer  serious harm  to  our  reputation, financial  condition,  customer  relationships  and ability  to  attract  future 
customers. Employee or third-party misconduct could prompt regulators to allege or to determine based upon such misconduct 
that we have not established adequate supervisory systems and procedures to inform employees of applicable rules or to detect 
violations of such rules. Our branches have experienced employee fraud from time to time, and it is not always possible to 
deter employee or third-party misconduct. The precautions that we take to detect and prevent misconduct may not be effective 
in all cases. Misconduct by our employees or third-party contractors, or even unsubstantiated allegations of misconduct, could 
result in a material adverse effect on our reputation and our business. 

Interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our borrowing costs, profitability and liquidity. 

Our  profitability  may  be  directly  affected  by  the  level  of  and  fluctuations  in  interest  rates,  whether  caused  by  changes  in 
economic conditions or other factors that affect our borrowing costs. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are 
beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, 
in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence the 
amount of interest we pay on our revolving credit facility or any other floating interest rate obligations we may incur. Our 
profitability and liquidity could be materially adversely affected during any period of higher interest rates. See Part II, Item 7A, 
“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk” for additional information regarding our interest rate risk. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We depend to a substantial extent on borrowings under our revolving credit agreement to fund our liquidity needs. 

Our revolving credit agreement allows us to borrow up to $685.0 million through June 7, 2022. Pursuant to the terms of our 
revolving  credit  agreement,  we  are  required  to  comply  with  a  number  of  covenants  and  conditions,  including  a  minimum 
borrowing base calculation. If our existing sources of liquidity become insufficient to satisfy our financial needs or our access 
to these sources becomes unexpectedly restricted, we may need to try to raise additional capital in the future. If such an event 
were to occur, we can give no assurance that such alternate sources of liquidity would be available to us at all or on favorable 
terms. Additional  information  regarding  our  liquidity  risk  is  included  in  Part  II,  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

Our risk management efforts may not be effective. 

We  could  incur  substantial  losses  and  our  business  operations  could  be  disrupted  if  we  are  unable  to  effectively  identify, 
manage, monitor, and mitigate financial risks, such as credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, liquidity risk, and other 
market-related  risks,  as  well  as  regulatory  and  operational  risks  related  to  our  business,  assets,  and  liabilities.  Our  risk 
management policies, procedures, and techniques may not be sufficient to identify all of the risks we are exposed to, mitigate 
the risks we have identified, or identify additional risks to which we may become subject in the future.  

Our current debt and any additional debt we may incur in the future could negatively impact our business, prevent us from 
satisfying our debt obligations and adversely affect our financial condition. 

We may incur a substantial amount of debt in the future. As of March 31, 2020, we had approximately $451.1 million of total 
debt outstanding and a total debt-to-equity ratio of approximately 1.1 to 1. The amount of debt we may incur in the future could 
have important consequences, including the following: 

• 

• 

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, debt refinancing, share repurchases or other purposes 
could be impaired; 
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to paying principal and interest on our debt, 
reducing funds available for other purposes; 

•  we may be vulnerable to interest rate increases, as borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bear interest at 

variable rates, as may any future debt that we incur; 

•  we may be at a competitive disadvantage to competitors that are not as highly leveraged;  
•  we could be more vulnerable to adverse developments in our industry or in general economic conditions; 
•  we may be restricted from taking advantage of business opportunities or making strategic acquisitions; 
•  we may be limited in our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which 

we operate;  

•  we may have difficulty satisfying our obligations under the debt if accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of 

default; and 

•  we may be more vulnerable to periods of negative or slow growth in the general economy or in our business. 

In addition, meeting our anticipated liquidity requirements is contingent upon our continued compliance with our revolving 
credit agreement. An acceleration of our debt would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to continue 
as a going concern. If our debt obligations increase, whether due to the increased cost of existing indebtedness or the incurrence 
of additional indebtedness, the consequences described above could be magnified. 

Although the terms of our revolving credit agreement contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional debt, as well as any 
future debt that we incur, these restrictions are subject, or likely to be subject, in the case of any future debt, to exceptions that 
could permit us to incur a substantial amount of additional debt. In addition, our existing and future debt agreements will not 
prevent us from incurring certain liabilities that do not constitute indebtedness as defined for purposes of those debt agreements. 
If new debt or other liabilities are added to our current debt levels, the risks associated with our having substantial debt could 
intensify. As of March 31, 2020, we had $180.2 million available for borrowing under our revolving credit agreement, subject 
to borrowing base limitations and other specified terms and conditions. 

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding debt and fund operations and may be forced 
to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such debt. 

Our ability to make scheduled payments on the principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness will depend in 
part on our cash flows from operations, which are subject to regulatory, economic, financial, competitive, and other factors 
beyond our control. We may not generate a level of cash flows from operations sufficient to permit us to meet our debt service 
obligations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to service our debt, we may be required to sell 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
assets, refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, obtain additional financing, or obtain additional equity capital on terms 
that may be onerous or highly dilutive. There can be no assurance that any refinancing will be possible or that any asset sales 
or additional financing can be completed on acceptable terms or at all. 

The terms of our debt limit how we conduct our business. 

Our revolving credit agreement contains covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things: 

incur and guarantee debt; 
pay dividends or make other distributions on or redeem or repurchase our stock; 

• 
• 
•  make investments or acquisitions; 
• 
• 
•  merge with or into other companies; 
• 
•  make capital expenditures. 

create liens on our assets; 
sell assets; 

enter into transactions with shareholders and other affiliates; and 

Our revolving credit agreement also imposes requirements that we maintain specified financial measures not in excess of, or 
not below, specified levels. In particular, our revolving credit agreement requires, among other things, that we maintain (i) at 
all times a specified minimum consolidated net worth, (ii) as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a minimum ratio of consolidated 
net income available for fixed charges for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended to consolidated 
fixed charges for that period of not less than a specified minimum, (iii) at all times a specified maximum ratio of total debt to 
consolidated adjusted net worth and (iv) at all times a specified ratio of subordinated debt to consolidated adjusted net worth. 
These covenants limit the manner in which we can conduct our business and could prevent us from engaging in favorable 
business activities or financing future operations and capital needs and impair our ability to successfully execute our strategy 
and operate our business. 

A breach of any of the covenants in our revolving credit agreement would result in an event of default thereunder. Any event 
of default would permit the creditors to accelerate the related debt, which could also result in the acceleration of any other or 
future debt containing a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision. In addition, an event of default under our revolving credit 
agreement would permit the lenders thereunder to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under the revolving credit 
agreement. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the revolving credit agreement or any 
other  secured  debt  we  may  incur,  the  lenders  thereunder  could  cause  the  collateral  agent  to  proceed  against  the  collateral 
securing that debt. In the event our creditors accelerate the repayment of our debt, there can be no assurance that we would 
have sufficient assets to repay that debt, and our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would suffer. Additional 
information regarding our revolving credit facility is included in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

Changes in federal, state and local tax law, interpretations of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, 
could increase our tax burden or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. 

We are subject to taxation at the federal, state and local levels. Furthermore, we are subject to regular review and audit by tax 
authorities. While we believe our tax positions will be sustained, the final outcome of tax audits and related litigation may 
differ materially from the tax amounts recorded in our Consolidated Financial Statements, which could adversely impact our 
cash flows and financial results. 

The conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets may adversely affect lenders with which we have relationships, 
causing us to incur additional costs and reducing our sources of liquidity, which may adversely affect our financial position, 
liquidity and results of operations. 

Turbulence in the global capital markets can result in disruptions in the financial sector and affect lenders with which we have 
relationships, including members of the syndicate of banks that are lenders under our revolving credit agreement. Disruptions 
in the financial sector may increase our exposure to credit risk and adversely affect the ability of lenders to perform under the 
terms of their lending arrangements with us. Failure by our lenders to perform under the terms of our lending arrangements 
could cause us to incur additional costs that may adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.  
There can be no assurance that future disruptions in the financial sector will not occur that could have  adverse effects on our 
business.  Additional  information  regarding  our  liquidity  and  related  risks  is  included  in  Part  II,  Item  7,  “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are exposed to credit risk in our lending activities. 

Our  ability  to  collect  on  loans  to  individuals,  our  single  largest  asset  group,  depends  on  the  ability  and  willingness  of  our 
borrowers  to  repay  such  loans. Any  material  adverse  change  in  the  ability  or  willingness  of  a  significant  portion  of  our 
borrowers to meet their obligations to us, whether due to changes in economic conditions, unemployment rates, the cost of 
consumer goods (particularly, but not limited to, food and energy costs), disposable income, interest rates, health crises, natural 
disasters, acts of war or terrorism, political or social conditions, divorce, death, or other causes over which we have no control, 
would have a material adverse impact on our earnings and financial condition.  Although new customers are required to submit 
a listing of personal property that will serve as collateral to secure their loans, the Company does not rely on the value of such 
collateral  in  the  loan  approval  process  and  generally  does  not  perfect  its  security  interest  in  that  collateral.  Additional 
information  regarding  our  credit  risk  is  included  in  Part  II,  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operation-Credit Quality.” 

Our  insurance  operations  are  subject  to  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  claims,  catastrophic  events, 
underwriting risks and dependence on a primary distribution channel. 

Insurance claims and policyholder liabilities are difficult to predict and may exceed the related reserves set aside for claims 
(losses) and associated expenses for claims adjudication (loss adjustment expenses). Additionally, events such as cyber security 
breaches and other types of catastrophes, and prolonged economic downturns, could adversely affect our financial condition 
and results of operations. Other risks relating to our insurance operations include changes to laws and regulations applicable to 
us,  as  well  as changes  to  the  regulatory  environment,  such  as:  changes to  laws or regulations  affecting  capital  and  reserve 
requirements; frequency and type of regulatory monitoring and reporting; consumer privacy, use of customer data and data 
security; benefits or loss ratio requirements; insurance producer licensing or appointment requirements; required disclosures to 
consumers;  and  collateral  protection  insurance  (i.e.,  insurance  some  of  our  lender  companies  purchase,  at  the  customer’s 
expense, on that customer’s loan collateral for the periods of time the customer fails to adequately, as required by his loan, 
insure his collateral).  

If our estimates of loan losses are not adequate to absorb actual losses, our provision for loan losses would increase, which 
would adversely affect our results of operations. 

To estimate the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses, we consider known and relevant internal and external factors 
that affect loan collectability, including the total amount of loan receivables outstanding, historical loan receivable charge-offs, 
our current collection patterns, and economic trends. Our methodology for establishing our allowance for loan losses is based 
on the guidance in ASC 450, Contingencies, and, in part, on our historic loss experience. If customer behavior changes as a 
result of economic, political, or social conditions, or if we are unable to predict how these conditions may affect our allowance 
for loan losses, our allowance for loan losses may be inadequate. Our allowance for loan losses is an estimate, and if actual 
loan losses are materially greater than our allowance for loan losses, our provision for loan losses would increase, which would 
result in a decline in our future earnings, and thus our results of operations could be adversely affected. Neither state regulators 
nor federal regulators regulate our allowance for loan losses. Additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses is 
included in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Credit 
Quality.” 

In June of 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments (CECL). This ASU significantly changes the way that entities will be required to measure 
credit losses. The new standard requires that the estimated credit loss be based upon an “expected credit loss” approach rather 
than the “incurred loss” approach currently required. The new approach will require entities to measure all expected credit 
losses for financial assets based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable forecasts of collectability. It is 
anticipated that the expected credit loss model may require earlier recognition of credit losses than the incurred loss approach. 
CECL became effective for the Company April 1, 2020. We currently expect the adoption of CECL will result in an increase 
of approximately $14.5 million to $26.2 million in our allowance for loan losses. See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in this report for more information on this new accounting standard. 

The concentration of our revenues in certain states could adversely affect us. 

We  currently  operate  consumer  installment  loan  branches  in  sixteen  states  in  the  United  States. Any  adverse  legislative  or 
regulatory change in any one of our states, but particularly in any of our larger states could have a material adverse effect on 
our  business,  prospects,  and  results  of  operation  or  financial  condition.  See  Part  I,  Item  1,  “Description  of  Business”  for 
information regarding the size of our business in the various states in which we operate. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have goodwill, which is subject to periodic review and testing for impairment. 

At March 31, 2020 our total assets contained $7.4 million of goodwill. Under GAAP, goodwill is subject to periodic review 
and  testing  to  determine  if  it  is  impaired. Unfavorable  trends  in  our  industry  and  unfavorable  events  or  disruptions  to  our 
operations resulting from adverse legislative or regulatory actions or from other unpredictable causes could result in goodwill 
impairment charges. 

If we fail to maintain appropriate controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition, and the trading price of our common 
stock. 

We are required to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(a) of 
the  Sarbanes  Oxley  Act  requires  us  to  include  in  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K  an  assessment  by  management  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act requires us to engage 
our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. 
We expect to incur significant expenses and to devote resources to Section 404 compliance on an ongoing basis. It is difficult 
for us to predict how long it will take or costly it will be to complete the assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control 
over financial reporting for each year and to remediate any deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting.  

If we identify a material weakness in our controls and procedures, our ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial 
information accurately and within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC could be adversely affected. In 
addition, remediation of a material weakness would require our management to devote significant time and incur significant 
expense. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, such that there is a reasonable possibility that 
a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If we 
are unable to maintain effective controls and procedures we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness 
of  our  financial  reports,  and  we  may  be  subject  to  investigation  or  sanctions  by  the  SEC.  Any  such  consequence  or  other 
negative effect could adversely affect our operations, financial condition, and the trading price of our common stock. 

Regular turnover among our managers and other employees at our branches makes it more difficult for us to operate our 
branches and increases our costs of operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations 
and financial condition. 

The annual turnover as of March 31, 2020 among our branch employees was approximately 32.7%. This turnover increases 
our cost of operations and makes it more difficult to operate our branches. If we are unable to keep our employee turnover rates 
consistent with historical levels or if unanticipated problems arise from our high employee turnover, our business, results of 
operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. 

We may be unable to execute our business strategy due to current economic conditions. 

Our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations depend on management’s ability to execute our business strategy. 
Key factors involved in the execution of our business strategy include achieving our desired loan volume and pricing strategies, 
the use of effective credit risk management techniques, marketing and servicing strategies, continued investment in technology 
to support operating efficiency, and continued access to funding and liquidity sources. Although our pricing strategy is intended 
to maximize the amount of economic profit we generate, within the confines of capital and infrastructure constraints, there can 
be no assurance that this strategy will have its intended effect. Our failure or inability to execute any element of our business 
strategy could materially adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations. 

Our ability to execute our growth strategy may be adversely affected. 

Our growth strategy includes opening and acquiring branches in existing and new markets and is subject to significant risks, 
some of which are beyond our control, including: 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

the prevailing laws and regulatory environment of each state in which we operate or seek to operate, and, to the extent 
applicable, federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change at any time; 
our ability to obtain and maintain any regulatory approvals, government permits, or licenses that may be required; 
the degree of competition in new markets and its effect on our ability to attract new customers; 
our ability to obtain adequate financing for our expansion plans; and 
our ability to attract, train, and retain qualified personnel to staff our new operations. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We currently lack product and business diversification; as a result, our revenues and earnings may be disproportionately 
negatively impacted by external factors and may be more susceptible to fluctuations than more diversified companies. 

Our primary business activity is offering small consumer installment loans together with, in some states in which we operate, 
related ancillary products. Thus, any developments, whether regulatory, economic or otherwise, that would hinder, reduce the 
profitability of, or limit our ability to operate our small consumer installment loan business on the terms currently conducted 
would  have  a  direct  and  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  profitability,  and  perhaps  even  our  viability. Our  current  lack  of 
product and business diversification could inhibit our opportunities for growth, reduce our revenues and profits, and make us 
more susceptible to earnings fluctuations than many other financial institutions whose operations are more diversified. 

A reduction in demand for our products and a failure by us to adapt to such reduction could adversely affect our business 
and results of operations. 

The demand for the products we offer may be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as demographic patterns, changes in 
customer preferences or financial condition, regulatory restrictions that decrease customer access to particular products, or the 
availability of competing products, including through alternative or competing marketing channels. For example, we are highly 
dependent upon selecting and maintaining attractive branch locations. These locations are subject to local market conditions, 
including the employment available in the area, housing costs, traffic patterns, crime, and other demographic influences, any 
of which may quickly change, thereby negatively impacting demand for our products in the area. Should we fail to adapt to 
significant changes in our customers’ demand for, or access to, our products, our revenues could decrease significantly and our 
operations could be harmed. Even if we do make changes to existing products or introduce new products and channels to fulfill 
customer demand, customers may resist or may reject such products. Moreover, the effect of any product change on the results 
of our business may not be fully ascertainable until the change has been in effect for some time, and by that time it may be too 
late to make further modifications to such product without causing further harm to our business, results of operations, and 
financial condition.  

We operate in a highly competitive market, and we cannot ensure that the competitive pressures we face will not have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. 

The consumer lending industry is highly competitive. We compete with other consumer finance companies as well as other 
types of financial institutions that offer similar consumer financial products and services. Some of these competitors may have 
greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we possess. Some competitors may also have a lower cost of funds 
and access to funding sources that may not be available to us. While banks and credit card companies have decreased their 
lending to non-prime customers in recent years, there is no assurance that such lenders will not resume those lending activities. 
Further, because of increased regulatory pressure on payday lenders, many of those lenders are starting to make more traditional 
installment  consumer  loans  in  order  to  reduce  regulatory  scrutiny  of  their  practices,  which  could  increase  competition  in 
markets in which we operate. We cannot be sure that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect 
on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We depend on secure information technology, and a breach of those systems or those of third-party vendors could result in 
significant losses, unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer information, and reputational damage, which could 
materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and/or  results  of  operations,  and  could  lead  to  significant 
financial and legal exposure. 

Our operations rely heavily on the secure collection, processing, storage, and transmission of personal, confidential, and other 
information about us, our customers and third parties with which we do business. We process a significant number of customer 
transactions on a continuous basis through our computer systems and networks and are subject to increasingly more risk related 
to  security  systems  as  we  enhance  our  mobile  payment  technologies  and  otherwise  attempt  to  keep  pace  with  rapid 
technological changes in the financial services industry.  

While we commit resources to the design, implementation, maintenance, and monitoring of our networks and systems, we may 
be required to expend significant additional resources in the future to modify and enhance our security controls in response to 
new or more sophisticated threats, new regulations related to cybersecurity and other developments. Additionally, there is no 
guarantee that our security controls can provide absolute security.  

Despite the measures we implement to protect our systems and data, we may not be able to anticipate, identify, prevent or 
detect  cyber-attacks,  particularly  because  the  techniques  used  by  attackers  change  frequently  or  are  not  recognized  until 
launched, and because cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties who are or may be 
involved in organized crime or linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. Such third parties may seek to 
gain unauthorized access to our systems directly, by fraudulently inducing employees, customers, or other users of our systems, 
or by using equipment or security passwords belonging to employees, customers, third-party service providers, or other users 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of  our  systems.  Or,  they  may  seek  to  disrupt  or  disable  our  services  through  attacks  such  as  denial-of-service  attacks  and 
ransomware attacks. In addition, we may be unable to identify, or may be significantly delayed in identifying, cyber-attacks 
and incidents due to the increasing use of techniques and tools that are designed to circumvent controls, to avoid detection, and 
to remove or obfuscate forensic artifacts. As a result, our computer systems, software and networks, as well as those of third-
party vendors we utilize, may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, malicious attacks and other events that 
could have  a security  impact  beyond our  control. Our  staff,  technologies,  systems,  networks,  and  those of  third-parties  we 
utilize also may become the target of cyber-attacks, unauthorized access, malicious code, computer viruses, denial of service 
attacks, ransomware, and physical attacks that could result in information security breaches, the unauthorized release, gathering, 
monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise 
disrupt  our  or  our  customers’  operations.  We  also  routinely  transmit  and  receive  personal,  confidential  and  proprietary 
information through third parties, which may be vulnerable to interception, misuse, or mishandling. 

If one or more of such events occur, personal, confidential, and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted 
through our computer systems and networks, or those of third-party vendors, could be compromised or could cause interruptions 
or malfunctions in our operations that could result in significant losses, loss of confidence by and business from customers, 
customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation, regulatory exposures, and harm to our reputation and brand. 

In the event personal, confidential, or other information is threatened, intercepted, misused, mishandled, or compromised, we 
may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures, to investigate the circumstances 
surrounding  the  event,  and  implement  mitigation  and  remediation  measures.  We  also  may  be  subject  to  fines,  penalties, 
litigation  (including  securities  fraud  class  action  lawsuits),  and regulatory  investigation  costs  and  settlements  and financial 
losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. If one or more of such 
events occur, our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected. 

Any interruption of our information systems could adversely affect us. 

Our business and reputation may be materially impacted by information system failures or network disruptions. We rely heavily 
on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Each branch is part of an information network that is 
designed to permit us to maintain adequate cash inventory, reconcile cash balances on a daily basis, and report revenues and 
expenses  to  our  headquarters. Any  failure  or  interruption  of  these  systems,  including  any  failure  of  our  back-up  systems, 
network outages, slow performance, breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other failures or disruptions 
could result in disruption to our business or the loss or theft of confidential information, including customer information. A 
disruption  could  impair  our  ability  to  offer  and  process  our  loans,  provide  customer  service,  perform  collections  or  other 
necessary business activities, which could result in a loss of customer confidence or business, subject us to additional regulatory 
scrutiny or negative publicity, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, or otherwise materially adversely 
affect our financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, we may not be able to detect immediately any such breach, 
which may increase the losses that we would suffer. In addition, our existing insurance policies may not reimburse us for all of 
the damages that we might incur as a result of a breach. 

We may not be able to make technological improvements as quickly as some of our competitors, which could harm our 
ability to compete with our competitors and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

The  financial  services  industry  is  undergoing  rapid  technological  changes,  with  frequent  introductions  of  new  technology-
driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial and lending institutions 
to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success and, in particular, the success of our centralized operations, will 
depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services 
that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. We may not 
be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services as quickly as some of our competitors or be 
successful in marketing these products and services to our existing and new customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with 
technological  change  affecting  the  financial  services  industry  could  harm  our  ability  to  compete  with  our  competitors  and 
adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We are subject to data privacy laws, which may significantly increase our compliance and technology costs resulting in a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

We are subject to various federal and state privacy, data protection, and information security laws and regulations, including 
requirements concerning security breach notification. Moreover, various federal and state regulatory agencies require us to 
notify customers in the event of a security breach. Federal and state legislators are increasingly pursuing new guidance, laws, 
and regulations. Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws affecting customer 
or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could materially and 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
adversely affect our profitability. Our failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws may require 
us to change our business practices or operational structure, and could subject us to potentially significant regulatory and/or 
governmental investigations and/or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions, and damage to our reputation. 

We are also subject to the theft or misuse of physical customer and employee records at our facilities. 

Our  branch  offices  and  centralized  headquarters  have  physical  and  electronic  customer  records  necessary  for  day-to-day 
operations  that  contain  extensive  confidential  information  about our  customers.  We  also  retain  physical  records  in  various 
storage locations. The loss or theft of customer information and data from our branch offices, headquarters, or other storage 
locations could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and penalties and could expose us to civil litigation and possible 
financial liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. In 
addition, if we cannot locate original documents (or copies, in some cases) for certain finance receivables, we may not be able 
to collect on those finance receivables. 

Our off-site data center and centralized IT functions are susceptible to disruption by catastrophic events, which could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

Our information systems, and administrative and management processes could be disrupted if a catastrophic event, such as 
severe  weather,  natural  disaster,  power  outage,  act  of  terror  or  similar  event,  destroyed  or  severely  damaged  our 
infrastructure. Any such catastrophic event or other unexpected disruption of our headquarters functions or off-site data center 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

Absence of dividends could reduce our attractiveness to investors. 

Since  1989,  we  have  not  declared  or  paid  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  and  may  not  pay  cash  dividends  in  the 
foreseeable future. As a result, our common stock may be less attractive to certain investors than the stock of dividend-paying 
companies. Investors may need to rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may not occur, as the 
only way to realize future gains on their investment. 

Various  provisions  of  our  charter  documents  and  applicable  laws  could  delay  or  prevent  a  change  of  control  that 
shareholders may favor. 

Provisions of our articles of incorporation, South Carolina law, and the laws in several of the states in which our operating 
subsidiaries are incorporated could delay or prevent a change of control that the holders of our common stock may favor or 
may impede the ability of our shareholders to change our management. In particular, our articles of incorporation and South 
Carolina  law,  among  other  things,  authorize  our  board  of  directors  to  issue  preferred  stock  in  one  or  more  series,  without 
shareholder approval, and will require the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of our outstanding shares of voting stock, 
to approve our merger or consolidation with another corporation. Additional information regarding the similar effect of laws 
in certain states in which we operate is described in Part 1, Item 1, “Description of Business - Government Regulation.” 

Overall stock market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. 

The Company’s common stock price has been and is likely to continue to be subject to significant volatility. Securities markets 
worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market, 
or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our common stock in spite of our operating performance. 
Additionally,  a  variety  of factors  could  cause  the price of  the  common  stock  to  fluctuate,  perhaps  substantially,  including: 
general market fluctuations resulting from factors not directly related to the Company’s operations or the inherent value of its 
common stock; state or federal legislative or regulatory proposals, initiatives, actions or changes that are, or are perceived to 
be, adverse to our operations or the broader consumer finance industry in general; announcements of developments related to 
our business; fluctuations in our operating results and the provision for loan losses; low trading volume in our common stock; 
decreased  availability  of  our  common  stock  resulting  from  stock  repurchases  and  concentrations  of  ownership  by  large  or 
institutional investors; general conditions in the financial service industry, the domestic or global economy or the domestic or 
global credit or capital markets; changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; our failure to meet the expectations of 
securities analysts or investors; negative commentary regarding our Company and corresponding short-selling market behavior; 
adverse developments in our relationships with our customers; investigations or legal proceedings brought against the Company 
or its officers; or significant changes in our senior management team. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes to accounting rules, regulations or interpretations could significantly affect our financial results. 

New  accounting  rules  or  regulations,  changes  to  existing  accounting  rules  or  regulations,  and  changing  interpretations  of 
existing  rules  and  regulations  have  been  issued  or  occurred  and  may  continue  to  be  issued  or  occur  in  the  future.  Our 
methodology for valuing our receivables and otherwise accounting for our business is subject to change depending upon the 
changes  in,  and  interpretation  of,  accounting  rules,  regulations,  or  interpretations.  Any  such  changes  to  accounting  rules, 
regulations, or interpretations could negatively affect our reported results of operations and could negatively affect our financial 
condition through increased cost of compliance. 

In June of 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments (CECL). This ASU significantly changes the way that entities will be required to measure 
credit losses. The new standard requires that the estimated credit loss be based upon an “expected credit loss” approach rather 
than the “incurred loss” approach currently required. The new approach will require entities to measure all expected credit 
losses for financial assets based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable forecasts of collectability. It is 
anticipated that the expected credit loss model may require earlier recognition of credit losses than the incurred loss approach. 
CECL became effective for the Company April 1, 2020. We currently expect the adoption of CECL will result in an increase 
of approximately $14.5 million to $26.2 million in our allowance for loan losses. See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in this report for more information on this new accounting standard. 

If  assumptions  or  estimates  we  use  in  preparing  our  financial  statements  are  incorrect  or  are  required  to  change,  our 
reported results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. 

We  are  required  to  use  certain  assumptions  and  estimates  in  preparing  our  financial  statements  under  GAAP,  including  in 
determining allowances for credit losses, the fair value of financial instruments, asset impairment, reserves related to litigation 
and  other  legal  matters,  the  fair  value  of  share-based  compensation,  valuation  of  income,  and  other  taxes  and  regulatory 
exposures. In addition, significant assumptions and estimates are involved in determining certain disclosures required under 
GAAP, including those involving the fair value of our financial instruments. If the assumptions or estimates underlying our 
financial statements are incorrect, the actual amounts realized on transactions and balances subject to those estimates will be 
different, and this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.  

In addition, the FASB is currently reviewing or proposing changes to several financial accounting and reporting standards that 
govern key aspects of our financial statements, including areas where assumptions or estimates are required. As a result of 
changes to financial accounting or reporting standards, whether promulgated or required by the FASB or other regulators, we 
could be required to change certain of the assumptions or estimates we previously used in preparing our financial statements, 
which could negatively impact how we record and report our results of operations and financial condition generally.  

A small number of our shareholders have the ability to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval and 
such shareholders have interests which may conflict with the interests of our other security holders. 

As  of  March  31,  2020,  based  on  filings  made  with  the  SEC  and  other  information  made  available  to  us,  Prescott  General 
Partners,  LLC  and  its  affiliates  beneficially  owned  approximately  35.0%  of  our  common  stock.  As  a  result,  these  few 
shareholders  are  able  to  significantly  influence  matters  presented  to  shareholders,  including  the  election  and  removal  of 
directors, the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as any reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation 
or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and the control of our management and affairs, including executive compensation 
arrangements. Their interests may conflict with the interests of our other security holders.  

The future issuance of additional shares of our common stock in connection with potential acquisitions or otherwise will 
dilute all other shareholders. 

Except in certain circumstances, we are not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock, including any securities 
that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock. The market price of shares 
of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock in the market or the 
perception that such sales could occur. We intend to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities and may issue shares of 
common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any shares of common stock issued in connection with acquisitions, the 
exercise of outstanding stock options, or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by our existing shareholders. 

Our use of third-party vendors is subject to regulatory review. 

The CFPB and other regulators have issued regulatory guidance focusing on the need for financial institutions to perform due 
diligence and ongoing monitoring of third-party vendor relationships, which increases the scope of management involvement 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and decreases the benefit that we receive from using third-party vendors. Moreover, if our regulators conclude that we have 
not  met  the  standards for  oversight of our third-party vendors, we  could  be  subject  to enforcement  actions,  civil  monetary 
penalties, supervisory orders to cease and desist or other remedial actions, which could have a materially adverse effect on our 
business, reputation, financial condition and operating results. Further, federal and state regulators have been scrutinizing the 
practices of lead aggregators and providers recently. If regulators place restrictions on certain practices by lead aggregators or 
providers, our ability to use them as a source for applicants could be affected. 

Initiating  and  processing  potential  acquisitions  may  be  unsuccessful  or  difficult,  leading  to  losses  and  increased 
delinquencies, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

We  have  previously  acquired,  and  in  the  future  may  acquire,  assets  or  businesses,  including  large  portfolios  of  finance 
receivables, either through the direct purchase of such assets or the purchase of the equity of a company with such a portfolio. 
Since we will not have originated or serviced the loans we acquire, we may not be aware of legal or other deficiencies related 
to origination or servicing, and our due diligence efforts of the acquisition prior to purchase may not uncover those deficiencies. 
Further, we may have limited recourse against the seller of the portfolio. 

In pursuing these transactions, we may experience, among other things: 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

overvaluing potential targets; 
difficulties  in  integrating  any  acquired  companies  or  branches  into  our  existing  business,  including  integration  of 
account data into our information systems; 
inability to realize the benefits we anticipate in a timely fashion, or at all; 
unexpected  losses  due  to  the acquisition  of loan portfolios  with  loans originated using  less  stringent underwriting 
criteria; 
significant costs, charges, or write-downs; or 
unforeseen operating difficulties that require significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be 
available for the ongoing development and expansion of our existing operations. 

Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments 

None.  

Item 2.  

Properties 

In January 2020, the Company moved into its new corporate headquarters located at 104 S. Main Street in Greenville, South 
Carolina. The Company leases approximately 45,000 square feet at this location. This lease expires on November 30, 2029 and 
includes  two  five-year  options.  The  Company’s  previous  corporate  headquarters,  which  consists  of  approximately  42,000 
square feet in Greenville, South Carolina, was classified as held for sale as of March 31, 2020. 

The Company owns all of the furniture, fixtures and computer terminals located in each of its branches. As of March 31, 2020, 
the Company had 1,243 branches, most of which are generally leased pursuant to three- to five-year operating leases. During 
the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, total lease expense was approximately $26.4 million, or an average of approximately 
$21.5  thousand  per  branch. The  Company's  leases  generally  provide  for  an  initial  three-  to  five-year  term  with  renewal 
options. The  Company's  branches  are  typically  located  in  shopping  centers,  malls  and  the  first  floors  of  downtown 
buildings. Branches generally have an average size of 1,603 square feet.  

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Mexico Investigation 

As previously disclosed, the Company retained outside legal counsel and forensic accountants to conduct an investigation of 
its operations in Mexico, focusing on the legality under the FCPA, and certain local laws of certain payments related to loans, 
the  maintenance  of  the  Company’s  books  and  records  associated  with  such  payments,  and  the  treatment  of  compensation 
matters for certain employees. 

The investigation addressed whether and to what extent improper payments, which may violate the FCPA and other local laws, 
were made approximately between 2010 and 2017 by or on behalf of WAC de Mexico, to government officials in Mexico 
relating to loans made to unionized employees. The Company voluntarily contacted the SEC and the DOJ in June 2017 to 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
advise  both  agencies  that  an  internal  investigation  was  underway  and  that  the  Company  intended  to  cooperate  with  both 
agencies.  The  Company  has  and  will  continue  to  cooperate  with  both  agencies.  The  SEC  has  issued  a  formal  order  of 
investigation.  

There have been ongoing discussions with the SEC regarding the possible resolution of these matters. The discussions with the 
SEC have progressed to a point that the Company can now reasonably estimate a probable loss and has recorded an aggregate 
accrual of $21.7 million with respect to the SEC matters as of March 31, 2020. As the discussions with the SEC are continuing, 
there can be no assurance that the Company's efforts to reach a final resolution with the SEC will be successful or, if they are, 
what the timing or terms of such resolution will be.  The Company has no offer of settlement or resolution with the DOJ at this 
time. The total amount of the Company’s loss incurred in connection with the investigation and any resolution thereof, including 
those amounts which remain subject to approval by the SEC, may be higher than the amount of the accrual. 

If violations of the FCPA or other local laws occurred, the Company could be subject to fines, civil and criminal penalties, 
equitable  remedies,  including  profit disgorgement  and  related  interest,  and  injunctive  relief.  In  addition,  any  disposition  of 
these matters could adversely impact our access to debt financing and capital funding and result in further modifications to our 
business practices and compliance programs. Any disposition could also potentially require that a monitor be appointed to 
review future business practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with the FCPA and other applicable laws. The Company 
could also face fines, sanctions, and other penalties from authorities in Mexico, as well as third-party claims by shareholders 
and/or other stakeholders of the Company. In addition, disclosure of the investigation or its ultimate disposition could adversely 
affect the Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from its current customers 
and potential customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access the capital markets. If it is determined that a violation 
of  the  FCPA  or  other  laws  has  occurred,  such  violation  may  give  rise  to  an  event  of  default  under  the  Company’s  credit 
agreement if such violation were to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operations, properties, assets, 
or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  or  if  the  amount of any settlement,  penalties,  fines,  or  other payments  resulted  in  the 
Company  failing  to  satisfy  any  financial  covenants.  Additional  potential  FCPA  violations  or  violations  of  other  laws  or 
regulations may be uncovered through the investigation. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors-We may be exposed to liabilities 
under the FCPA, and any determination that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated the FCPA could have a material 
adverse effect on our business and liquidity” and “-Our investigation of our previous operations in Mexico may expose the 
Company to other potential liabilities in addition to any potential liabilities under the FCPA and cause the Company to incur 
substantial expenses.” 

Further, under the terms of the stock purchase agreement among the Company and the Purchasers in connection with the sale 
of  our  Mexico  operations,  we  are  obligated  to  indemnify  the  Purchasers  for  claims  and  liabilities  relating  to  certain 
investigations of our former Mexico operations, the Company, and its affiliates by the DOJ or the SEC that commenced prior 
to July 1, 2018. Any such indemnification claims could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, including 
liquidity, and results of operations.  

General 

In addition, from time to time the Company is involved in litigation matters relating to claims arising out of its operations in 
the normal course of business. 

Estimating an amount or range of possible losses resulting from litigation, government actions, and other legal proceedings is 
inherently difficult and requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve indeterminate claims 
for monetary damages, may involve fines, penalties, or damages that are discretionary in amount, involve a large number of 
claimants or significant discretion by regulatory authorities, represent a change in regulatory policy or interpretation, present 
novel legal theories, are in the early stages of the proceedings, are subject to appeal or could result in a change in business 
practices. In addition, because most legal proceedings are resolved over extended periods of time, potential losses are subject 
to change due to, among other things, new developments, changes in legal strategy, the outcome of intermediate procedural 
and substantive  rulings  and other  parties’ settlement  posture  and  their  evaluation of  the  strength or weakness of  their  case 
against us. For these reasons, we are currently unable to predict the ultimate timing or outcome of, or reasonably estimate the 
possible  losses  or  a  range  of  possible  losses  resulting  from,  the  matters  described  above.  Based  on  information  currently 
available, the Company does not believe that any reasonably possible losses arising from currently pending legal matters will 
be  material  to  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  or  financial  conditions.  However,  in  light  of  the  inherent  uncertainties 
involved  in  such  matters,  an  adverse  outcome  in  one  or  more  of  these  matters  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in any particular reporting period. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures 

None. 

PART II. 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities 

Market Information 

Since November 26, 1991, the Company’s common stock has traded on NASDAQ and is currently listed on the NASDAQ 
Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol WRLD.  

Holders 

As of May 15, 2020, there were 30 holders of record of our common stock and a significant number of persons or entities who 
hold their stock in nominee or “street” names through various brokerage firms. 

Dividends 

Since April 1989, the Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock. Its policy has been to retain 
earnings for use in its business and selectively use cash to repurchase its common stock on the open market. In addition, the 
Company’s  credit  agreements  contain  certain  restrictions  on  the  payment  of  cash  dividends  on  its  capital  stock. See 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 
In  the  future,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  may  determine  whether  to  pay  cash  dividends  based  on  conditions  then 
existing, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant factors.  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Since 1996, the Company has repurchased approximately 20.4 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately 
$1.13 billion. On March 12, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $30.0 million of the 
Company’s outstanding common stock, inclusive of the amount that remains available for repurchase under prior repurchase 
authorizations. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had $22.6 million in aggregate remaining repurchase capacity. The timing 
and actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including the stock price, corporate and regulatory 
requirements, available funds, alternative uses of capital, restrictions under the revolving credit agreement, and other market 
and economic conditions. The Company’s stock repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. 

The repurchase authorization does not have a stated expiration date. The following table details purchases of the Company's 
common stock, if any, made by the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2020: 

(a) 
Total number of 
shares purchased 

(b) 
Average price paid 
per share 

(c) 
Total number of 
shares purchased 
as part of publicly 
announced 
plans or programs 

(d) 
Approximate dollar 
value of shares 
that may yet be 
purchased 
under the plans or 
programs 

January 1 through January 
31, 2020 
February 1 through February 
29, 2020 
March 1 through March 31, 
2020 
Total for the quarter 

—     $ 

—    

128,499    
128,499     $ 

—    

—    

57.47    
57.47    

—     $

—    

128,499    
128,499     

10,030,853   

10,030,853   

22,614,804   

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

35 

 
 
 
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data 

Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data 

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data 

(Amounts in thousands, except number of 
branches and per share information) 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Interest and fee income 
Insurance income, net and other income 

Total revenues 

2020 

Years Ended March 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

2016 

$ 508,327   
81,702  
590,029  

  $ 469,154  
75,389  
544,543  

  $ 435,702  
66,967  
502,669  

  $ 427,871  
62,951  
490,822  

  $ 452,925  
62,376  
515,301  

Provision for loan losses 
General and administrative expenses: 
Interest expense 
Total expenses 

181,730  
347,493  
25,896  
555,119  

148,427  
288,304  
17,934  
454,665  

117,620  
269,108  
19,090  
405,818  

119,096  
244,275  
21,504  
384,875  

114,428  
241,701  
26,849  
382,978  

Income from continuing operations before 
income taxes 

34,910  

89,878  

96,851  

105,947  

132,323  

Income taxes 

6,752  

15,981  

47,758  

38,157  

48,979  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations 

—  

(36,662) 

4,597  

5,810  

4,052  

Net income 

Net income per common share from 
continuing operations (basic) 
Basic weighted average shares 
Net income per common share from 
continuing operations (diluted) 
Diluted weighted average shares 

$

$

$

28,158   

  $

37,235  

  $

53,690  

  $

73,600  

  $

87,396  

  $

  $

3.66   
7,688  

3.54   
7,953  

  $

  $

8.22  
8,994  

8.03  
9,204  

  $

  $

5.58  
8,791  

5.48  
8,959  

  $

  $

7.79  
8,706  

7.72  
8,778  

9.65  
8,636  

9.59  
8,692  

Balance Sheet Data (end of period): 
Loans receivable, net of unearned interest, 
insurance and fees 
Allowance for loan losses 
Loans receivable, net 

Total assets 
Total debt 
Shareholders' equity 

Other Operating Data: 
As a percent of average net loans 

Provision for loan losses 
Net charge-offs 

$ 900,891   
(96,488) 
804,403  

  $ 837,144  
(81,520) 
755,624  

  $ 745,241  
(66,088) 
679,153  

  $ 701,733  
(60,644) 
641,089  

  $ 716,390  
(60,923) 
655,467  

1,030,086  
451,100  
411,963  

854,988  
251,940  
552,117  

840,987  
244,900  
541,108  

800,589  
295,136  
461,064  

806,219  
374,685  
391,902  

Number of branches open at year-end 
_______________________________________________________ 
(1)  See Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K for more information on our 

19.6 %  
18.0 %  
1,243  

18.0 %  
16.1 %  
1,193  

15.6 %  
14.9 %  
1,177  

16.2 %  
16.2 %  
1,169  

14.7 % 
15.0 % 
1,186  

discontinued operations. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

General 

The  Company's  financial  performance  continues  to  be  dependent  in  large  part  upon  the  growth  in  its  outstanding  loans 
receivable, the maintenance of loan quality and acceptable levels of operating expenses. Since March 31, 2016, gross loans 
receivable have increased at a 5.83% annual compounded rate from $964.6 million to $1.21 billion at March 31, 2020. We 
believe we were able to improve our gross loans receivable growth rates through acquisitions, improved marketing processes, 
and analytics. During the four-year period beginning March 31, 2016, the Company has expanded in size from 1,186 branches 
to 1,243 branches as of March 31, 2020. During fiscal 2021, the Company currently plans to open or acquire approximately 25 
new branches and evaluate acquisitions as opportunities arise. 

The  Company  offers  an  income  tax  return  preparation  and  electronic  filing  program  in  all  but  a  few  of  its  branches. The 
Company  prepared  approximately  84,000,  91,000,  and  77,000  returns  in  each  of  the  fiscal  years  2020,  2019,  and  2018, 
respectively. Revenues  from  the  Company’s  tax  preparation  business  amounted  to  approximately  $20.9  million,  a  2.4% 
decrease over the $21.5 million earned during fiscal 2019.   

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  derived  from  the  Company's  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and 
balance sheets, as well as operating data and ratios, for the periods indicated: 

Gross loans receivable 
Average gross loans receivable (1) 
Net loans receivable (2) 
Average net loans receivable (3) 

Expenses as a percentage of total revenue: 

Provision for loan losses 
General and administrative 
Interest expense 

Operating income as a % of total revenue (4) 

$
$
$
$

2018 

2020 

1,209,871  
1,256,389  
900,891  
928,408  

Years Ended March 31, 
2019 
(Dollars in thousands) 
1,127,957  
1,120,112  
837,144  
824,763  

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $  1,004,233  
  $  1,019,005  
  $ 
745,242  
  $ 
753,116  

30.8 %  
58.9 %  
4.4 %  
10.3 %  

27.3 %  
52.9 %  
3.3 %  
19.8 %  

23.4 % 
53.5 % 
3.8 % 
23.1 % 

Loan volume 

2,929,265  

2,720,351  

2,487,066  

Net charge-offs as percent of average net loans receivable 

18.0 %  

16.1 %  

14.9 % 

Return on average assets (trailing 12 months) 

Return on average equity (trailing 12 months) 

Branches opened or acquired (merged or closed), net 

2.8 %  

6.1 %  

50  

8.8 %  

6.3 % 

13.6 %  

10.6 % 

16  

8  

Branches open (at period end) 

1,243  

1,193  

1,177  

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Average gross loans receivable have been determined by averaging month-end gross loans receivable over the indicated period, 

excluding tax advances. 

(2) Net loans receivable is defined as gross loans receivable less unearned interest and deferred fees. 
(3) Average net loans receivable have been determined by averaging month-end gross loans receivable less unearned interest and deferred 

fees over the indicated period, excluding tax advances. 

(4) Operating income is computed as total revenue less provision for loan losses and general and administrative expenses.

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

COVID-19 Pandemic Response and Impact 

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant economic disruption in the United States as many state and local governments, 
including  all  of  the  states  in which  the  Company  operates,  have  ordered  non-essential  businesses  to close  and  residents  to 
shelter in place at home. For the majority of states in which we operate, we have been considered an essential business and thus 
nearly all of our branches have remained open to date.  However, the impact of COVID-19 is rapidly evolving, its future effects 
are uncertain, and it may be difficult to assess or predict the extent of the impacts of the pandemic on us as many factors are 
beyond our control and knowledge. 

In response to the spread of COVID-19, we have modified our business practices in order to reduce personal interactions and 
provide additional support to our associates and customers.  Some of these measures include reducing branch hours, limiting 
employee travel, implementing work-from-home initiatives for employees when possible, cancelling physical participation in 
meetings and training sessions, providing additional leave for those directly impacted, closing lobbies and offering curbside 
service,  and  encouraging  customers  to  service  accounts  digitally  rather  than  in  person.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  seen 
significant  increases  in  online  and  phone  activity  related  to  account  access,  payments,  and  refinances.  The  Company  has 
expedited projects related to its digital presence and online lending and is currently piloting remote applications, signatures, 
and funding for select customers. 

As non-essential businesses and schools began to close, we proactively halted marketing efforts and updated our underwriting 
criteria in light of the tremendous uncertainty, rapid increases in unemployment, and federal stimulus packages. The Company 
is experiencing expected declines in customer demand due to a combination of reduced marketing and stay-at-home orders 
reducing  customer  mobility.  To  assist  customers  impacted  by  COVID-19,  the  Company’s  typical  30-day  wait  period  for 
unemployment insurance claims has been waived and payment deferrals are being offered to impacted customers.   

As of May 15, 2020, we had $320.5 million available under our revolving credit facility. We believe we have sufficient liquidity 
to support the fundamental operations of our business throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. However, we are unable to estimate 
the long-term impact of COVID-19 on our business and will continue to assess our liquidity needs as the situation evolves.  If 
we experience sustained adverse effects, we may fail to satisfy our minimum capital ratios and other requirements under our 
revolving credit facility. 

The extent to which the pandemic will ultimately impact our business and financial condition will depend on future events that 
are impossible to predict, including, but not limited to, the duration and severity of the pandemic, the success of actions taken 
to contain, treat, and prevent the spread of the virus, the effectiveness of our borrower assistance initiatives and government 
economic stimulus measures, and the speed at which normal economic and operating conditions return. 

See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” for additional information. 

Adjustments subsequent to the release of earnings on May 7, 2020 

The  Company  has  made  certain  adjustments  to  its  treatment  of  historic  tax  credits  purchased  during  fiscal  2020  since  the 
Company’s  earnings  release  was  furnished  on  May  7,  2020.  The  adjustments  correctly  present  the  Company’s  election  to 
account for historic tax credits purchased using the income statement method in conjunction with the flow-through method. 
Under this approach, the deferred tax liability related to the difference between the book and tax basis in the underlying historic 
tax credit investment is recorded in the tax provision and reversed over the same period as the amortization of the historic tax 
credit investment. As a result of these corrections, the below line items have been adjusted as follows: 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

Three months ended March 31, 2020 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2020 

As furnished 
May 7, 2020    Adjustments    As revised 

As furnished 
May 7, 2020    Adjustments    As revised 

$ 33,944,288     $
163,045,541     
25,010,707     

(27,709)    $ 33,916,579     $ 81,813,077     $ 
(27,709)    163,017,832     590,139,848    
25,444,803     59,298,010    
434,096    

(110,833)    $ 81,702,244  
(110,833)     590,029,015  
868,192      60,166,202  

96,272,691     
136,559,103     

434,096    
96,706,787     346,625,068    
434,096     136,993,199     554,251,380    

868,192      347,493,260  
868,192      555,119,572  

26,486,438     
2,806,485     

(461,805)   
(85,341)   

26,024,633     35,888,468    
5,204,183    
2,721,144    

(979,025)     34,909,443  
1,547,782     
6,751,965  

23,679,953     
$ 23,679,953     $

(2,526,807)     28,157,478  
(376,464)    23,303,489     30,684,285    
(376,464)    $ 23,303,489     $ 30,684,285     $ (2,526,807)    $ 28,157,478  

Insurance income, net and 
other income 
Total revenues 
Other expense 
Total general and 
administrative expense 
Total expenses 
Income from continuing 
operations before 
income taxes 
Income tax expense 

Net income from 
continuing operations 
Net income 

Net income per common 
share from continuing 
operations, diluted 
Net income per common 
share, diluted 

$ 

$ 

3.24     $

(0.06)    $ 

3.18     $

3.86     $ 

(0.32)    $

3.24     $

(0.06)    $ 

3.18     $

3.86     $ 

(0.32)    $

3.54  

3.54  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 

Deferred income taxes, net 
Income taxes receivable 
Other assets, net 
Total assets 
Income taxes payable 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 
Total liabilities 
Shareholders' equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED STATISTICS 

As revised 

As of March 31, 2020 
As furnished May 7, 2020    Adjustments 
24,805,767     $
$
4,270,778     
20,734,227     
1,028,091,272     
—     
59,742,012     
613,601,398     
414,489,874   
1,028,091,272     $

(1,547,782)    $ 
23,257,985  
(4,270,778)   
—  
28,547,950  
7,813,723    
1,995,163    
1,030,086,435  
4,965,302  
4,965,302    
59,298,680  
(443,332)   
4,521,970    
618,123,368  
(2,526,807) 
411,963,067  
1,995,163     $  1,030,086,435  

$

Three months ended March 31, 2020 

Twelve months ended March 31, 2020 

As furnished 
May 7, 2020    Adjustments    As revised 

As furnished 
May 7, 2020    Adjustments    As revised 

Expenses as a percentage of 
total revenue: 
General and administrative 
Operating income as a % of 
total revenue (1) 
Return on average equity 
(trailing 12 months) 

59.0 %  

21.2 %  

6.7 %  

0.3 %   

59.3 %   

58.7  %   

0.2 %   

(0.3)%  

(0.6)%  

20.9 %  

10.5  %  

6.1 %  

6.7  %  

(0.2)%  

(0.6)%  

58.9 % 

10.3 % 

6.1 % 

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Operating income is computed as total revenues less provision for loan losses and general and administrative expenses. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
  
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Comparison of Fiscal 2020 Versus Fiscal 2019  

Net income from continuing operations for fiscal 2020 was $28.2 million, a 61.9% decrease from the $73.9 million earned 
during fiscal 2019. The decrease in net income from continuing operations was primarily due to a $21.7 million accrual for 
estimated losses related to the investigation into our former Mexican business and a $33.3 million increase in provision for 
loan losses.  

Net income for fiscal 2020 was $28.2 million, a 24.4% decrease from the $37.2 million earned during fiscal 2019. The decrease 
in net income was primarily due to a $21.7 million accrual for estimated losses related to the investigation into our former 
Mexican business and a $33.3 million increase in provision for loan losses, partially offset by the impairment loss from the 
prior period. In fiscal 2019 we recognized a $39.0 million impairment loss on our investment in our Mexico operations in the 
first quarter of  fiscal 2019. In  accordance with GAAP,  our  testing for, and  subsequent  recognition of,  the  impairment was 
triggered by the change in classification of our Mexico operations from continuing operations to held for sale. Of the total 
impairment loss, $31.3 million is directly attributable to the cumulative translation loss on the investment stemming from the 
devaluation of the Mexican Peso relative to the U.S. Dollar since the date of our investment. 

Operating income (revenues less provision for loan losses and general and administrative expenses) from continuing operations 
decreased $47.0 million.  

Total revenues from continuing operations increased $45.5 million, or 8.4%, to $590.0 million in fiscal 2020, from $544.5 
million  in  fiscal  2019. Revenues  from  continuing  operations  from  the  1,148  branches  open  throughout  both  fiscal  years 
increased  by  6.4%. At  March 31,  2020,  the  Company  had  1,243  branches  in  operation,  an  increase  of  50  branches  from 
March 31, 2019. The increase was the result of opening 19 new branches and acquiring 38 branches, partially offset by merging 
7 branches into existing branches. 

Interest  and  fee  income  from  continuing  operations  during  fiscal  2020  increased  by  $39.2  million,  or  8.3%,  from  fiscal 
2019. The increase was primarily due to a corresponding increase in average earning loans. Net loans outstanding at March 31, 
2020  increased  7.6%  compared  to  March 31,  2019,  and  average  net  loans  outstanding  increased  12.6%  during  fiscal  2020 
compared to fiscal 2019.  

Insurance commissions and other income from continuing operations increased by $6.3 million, or 8.4%, over the two fiscal 
years. Insurance commissions from continuing operations increased by $5.2 million, or 11.5%, when comparing the two fiscal 
years  due  to  an  increase  in  loan  volume  in  states  where  we  offer  our  insurance  products.  Other  income  from  continuing 
operations increased by $1.1 million, or 3.8%, when comparing the two fiscal years primarily due to an increase in demand for 
the Company's motor club product of $1.8 million, partially off-set by a reduction in tax preparation income of $0.5 million. 

The provision for loan losses from continuing operations during fiscal 2020 increased by $33.3 million, or 22.4%, from the 
previous  year. This  increase  can  mostly  be  attributed  to  an  increase  in  charge-off  and  delinquency  rates  during  the  year. 
Accounts that were 91 days or more past due represented 4.2% and 3.8% of our loan portfolio on a recency basis at March 31, 
2020 and March 31, 2019, respectively. The Company's year-over-year charge-off ratio (net charge-offs as a percentage of 
average net loans receivable) increased from 16.1% for the year ended March 31, 2019 to 18.0% for the year ended March 31, 
2020.  

Customers who are new borrowers to World Finance (less than 6 months since their first origination at the time of their current 
loan) as a percentage of the year-end portfolio have grown 39.4% year over year. These "new to World" customers now account 
for 17% of the portfolio, an increase from 13.7% last year and an average of 12.5% in the prior 5 fiscal years (2013-2017). 
Further, customers with less than 1 year tenure as a percentage of the year-end portfolio have grown 33.2% year over year to 
now account for 23% of the portfolio. This increased weighting of new borrowers, our riskiest customer type, in the portfolio 
contributed to the increase in delinquency and charge-off rates of the overall portfolio. While we have experienced an increase 
in portfolio weighting towards less tenured customers during the last 18 months, we have not seen a significant increase in 
charge-off rates when comparing the less tenured customer segment to prior years. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Charge-off ratios for the past ten fiscal years averaged 14.9%, with a high of 18.0% (fiscal 2020) and a low of 12.8% (fiscal 
2015).The following table presents the Company's charge-off ratios since 2003.  

_______________________________________________________ 
2009 In fiscal 2009 the Company's net charge-off rate increased to 16.7% due to the difficult economic environment, which put 
substantial pressure on our customers' ability to repay their loans. 
2015 In fiscal 2015 the Company's net charge-off rate decreased to 12.8%. The net charge-off rate benefited from a change in branch 
level incentives during the year, which allows managers to continue collection efforts on accounts that are 91 days or more past 
due without having their monthly bonus negatively impacted. As expected, the change resulted in an increase in accounts 91 days 
or more past due and fewer charge-offs during fiscal 2015. We estimate the net charge-off rate would have been approximately 
14.0% for fiscal 2015 excluding the impact of the change. 

General and administrative expenses from continuing operations during fiscal 2020 increased by $59.2 million, or 20.5%, over 
the  previous  fiscal  year.  General  and  administrative  expenses  from  continuing  operations,  when  divided  by  average  open 
branches,  increased  16.6%  when  comparing  the  two  fiscal  years,  and,  overall,  general  and  administrative  expenses  from 
continuing operations as a percent of total revenues from continuing operations increased to 58.9% in fiscal 2020 from 52.9% 
in  fiscal  2019.  The  change  in general  and administrative  expense from  continuing operations  is  explained  in  greater  detail 
below. 

Personnel  expense  from  continuing  operations  totaled  $203.8  million  for  fiscal  2020,  a  $23.2  million,  or  12.9%, 
increase over fiscal 2019. The increase was largely due to an $11.3 million increase in share-based compensation 
driven by the long-term incentive plan and director equity awards granted during the prior year. Benefits increased 
$5.8  million,  mostly  due  to  increase  in  healthcare  costs  and  increases  in  headcount,  and  regular  payroll  expense 
increased $8.4 million year over year primarily due to increases in headcount.  

Occupancy and equipment expense from continuing operations totaled $54.2 million for fiscal 2020, a $5.5 million, 
or  11.3%,  increase  over  fiscal  2019.  Occupancy  and  equipment  expense  is  generally  a  function  of  the  number  of 
branches the Company has open throughout the year. In fiscal 2020 the expense per average open branch increased to 
$44.2 thousand, up from $41.0 thousand in fiscal 2019. 
41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Advertising expense from continuing operations totaled $24.3 million for fiscal 2020, a $1.8 million, or 8.1%, increase 
over fiscal 2019. The increase was primarily due to increased spending in our direct mail and digital campaigns. 

Amortization of intangible assets from continuing operations totaled $5.0 million for fiscal 2020, a $3.5 million, or 
228.0%, increase over fiscal 2019, which primarily relates to a corresponding increase in total intangible assets during 
the comparative periods due to acquisition activity during the current and prior year. 

Other expense from continuing operations totaled $60.2 million for fiscal 2020, a $25.2 million, or 72.0%, increase 
over  fiscal  2019.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  a  $21.7  million  accrual  related  to  potential  resolution  of  the 
Company's Mexico investigation, which began in March 2017. 

Interest expense from continuing operations increased by $8.0 million, or 44.4%, during fiscal 2020 when compared to the 
previous fiscal year as a result of an increase in average debt outstanding of 67.5% partially offset by a decrease in the effective 
interest rate from 6.7% to 5.8%. 

Income tax expense from continuing operations decreased $9.2 million, or 57.8% for fiscal 2020 compared to the prior fiscal 
year. The effective tax rate increased to 19.3% for fiscal 2020 compared to 17.8% for fiscal 2019. The increase was primarily 
due to the recognition of non-deductible penalties totaling $21.7 million for the current fiscal year which was partially offset 
by the recognition of net Federal and state tax credits of $8.1 million in fiscal year 2020 compared to $3.7 million in fiscal year 
2019. 

Comparison of Fiscal 2019 Versus Fiscal 2018  

As disclosed above, we sold our Mexico operations effective July 1, 2018. As a result of the sale, we have classified the Mexico 
business as discontinued operations on the statements of operations and balance sheets for the applicable periods. Net income 
from continuing operations for fiscal 2019 was $73.9 million, a 50.5% increase from the $49.1 million earned during fiscal 
2018. The increase in net income from continuing operations was primarily due to a $15.4 million decrease in income tax 
expense related to the implementation of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) in the prior year as well as an increase in average 
net loans receivable in the current period. 

Net  income  for  fiscal  2019  was  $37.2  million,  a  30.6%  decrease  from  the  $53.7  million  earned  during  fiscal  2018.  We 
recognized a $39.0 million impairment loss on our investment in our Mexico operations in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. In 
accordance  with  GAAP,  our  testing  for,  and  subsequent  recognition  of,  the  impairment  was  triggered  by  the  change  in 
classification of our Mexico operations from continuing operations to held for sale. Of the total impairment loss, $31.3 million 
is directly attributable to the cumulative translation loss on the investment stemming from the devaluation of the Mexican Peso 
relative to the U.S. Dollar since the date of our investment. 

Operating income (revenues less provision for loan losses and general and administrative expenses) from continuing 
operations decreased $8.1 million. 

Total revenues from continuing operations increased $41.9 million, or 8.3%, to $544.5 million in fiscal 2019, from $502.7 
million  in  fiscal  2018.  Revenues  from  continuing  operations  from  the  1,125  branches  open  throughout  both  fiscal  years 
increased by 7.7%. At March 31, 2019, the Company had 1,193 branches in operation, an increase of 16 branches from March 
31, 2018. The increase was the result of opening 25 new branches and acquiring 17 branches, partially offset by merging 26 
branches into existing branches. 

Interest and fee income from continuing operations during fiscal 2019 increased by $33.5 million, or 7.7%, from fiscal 2018. 
The increase was primarily due to a corresponding increase in average earning loans. Net loans outstanding at March 31, 2019 
increased 12.3% compared to March 31, 2018, and average net loans outstanding increased 9.5% during fiscal 2019 compared 
to fiscal 2018. 

Insurance commissions and other income from continuing operations increased by $8.4 million, or 12.6%, over the two fiscal 
years. Insurance commissions from continuing operations increased by $3.2 million, or 7.7%, when comparing the two fiscal 
years  due  to  an  increase  in  loan  volume  in  states  where  we  offer  our  insurance  products.  Other  income  from  continuing 
operations increased by $5.2 million, or 20.8%, when comparing the two fiscal years primarily due to an increase in tax return 
preparation income of $4.7 million. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The provision for loan losses from continuing operations during fiscal 2019 increased by $30.8 million, or 26.2%, from the 
previous  year.  Approximately  $17.4  million  of  the  increase  can  be  attributed  to  growth  in  the  portfolio  year  over  year. 
Approximately $13.4 million can be attributed to an increase in charge-off and delinquency rates during the year. Accounts 
that were 91 days or more past due represented 3.8% and 3.4% of our loan portfolio on a recency basis at March 31, 2019 and 
March 31, 2018, respectively. The Company's year-over-year charge-off ratio (net charge-offs as a percentage of average net 
loans receivable) increased from 14.9% for the year ended March 31, 2018 to 16.1% for the year ended March 31, 2019. 

Customers who are new borrowers to World Finance (less than 6 months since their first origination at the time of their current 
loan) as a percentage of the year-end portfolio have grown 39.4% year over year. These "new to World" customers now account 
for 17% of the portfolio, an increase from 13.7% last year and an average of 12.5% in the prior 5 fiscal years (2013-2017). 
Further, customers with less than 1 year tenure as a percentage of the year-end portfolio have grown 33.2% year over year to 
now account for 23% of the portfolio. This increased weighting of new borrowers, our riskiest customer type, in the portfolio 
contributed to the increase in delinquency and charge-off rates of the overall portfolio. While we have experienced an increase 
in portfolio weighting towards less tenured customers during the last 18 months, we have not seen an increase in charge-off 
rates when comparing the less tenured customer segment to prior years. 

Charge-off ratios for the past ten fiscal years averaged 14.7%, with a high of 16.2% (fiscal 2017) and a low of 12.8% (fiscal 
2015). The following table presents the Company's charge-off ratios from 2002 to 2019. 

_______________________________________________________ 

2009 In fiscal 2009 the Company's net charge-off rate increased to 16.7% due to the difficult economic environment, which put 
substantial pressure on our customers' ability to repay their loans. 
2015 In fiscal 2015 the Company's net charge-off rate decreased to 12.8%. The net charge-off rate benefited from a change in branch 
level incentives during the year, which allows managers to continue collection efforts on accounts that are 91 days or more past 
due without having their monthly bonus negatively impacted. As expected, the change resulted in an increase in accounts 91 days 
or more past due and fewer charge-offs during fiscal 2015. We estimate the net charge-off rate would have been approximately 
14.0% for fiscal 2015 excluding the impact of the change. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

General and administrative from continuing operations expenses during fiscal 2019 increased by $19.2 million, or 7.1%, over 
the  previous  fiscal  year.  General  and  administrative  expenses  from  continuing  operations,  when  divided  by  average  open 
branches,  increased  5.4%  when  comparing  the  two  fiscal  years,  and,  overall,  general  and  administrative  expenses  from 
continuing operations as a percent of total revenues from continuing operations decreased to 52.9% in fiscal 2019 from 53.5% 
in  fiscal  2018.  The  change  in general  and administrative  expense from  continuing operations  is  explained  in  greater  detail 
below. 

Personnel expense  from  continuing  operations  totaled  $180.6  million  for  fiscal  2019,  a  $16.1  million,  or  9.8%, 
increase over fiscal 2018. The increase was largely due to an $11.7 million increase in share-based compensation 
driven by the long-term incentive plan and director equity awards granted during the year. The prior year included 
$2.5  million  of  severance-related  expense  stemming  from  the  separation  agreement  with  the  Company’s  former 
President and Chief Executive Officer. The Company also recorded a $1.8 million expense related to a change in the 
Company’s paid time off policy in the prior year. Regular payroll expense increased $4.6 million or 4.1% year over 
year. 

Occupancy and equipment expense from continuing operations totaled $48.8 million for fiscal 2019, a $9.6 million, 
or  24.6%,  increase  over  fiscal  2018.  Occupancy  and  equipment  expense  is  generally  a  function  of  the  number  of 
branches the Company has open throughout the year. In fiscal 2019 the average expense per branch increased to $41.0 
thousand, up from $33.4 thousand in fiscal 2018. 

Advertising expense from continuing operations totaled $22.5 million for fiscal 2019, a $1.3 million, or 6.1%, increase 
over fiscal 2018. The increase was primarily due to consulting fees related to brand research as well as increased 
spending in our direct mail and digital campaigns. 

Amortization of intangible assets from continuing operations totaled $1.5 million for fiscal 2019, a $0.5 million, or 
54.2%, increase over fiscal 2018, which primarily relates to a corresponding increase in total intangible assets during 
the comparative periods due to acquisition activity during the current and prior year. 

Other expense from continuing operations totaled $35.0 million for fiscal 2019, a $8.3 million, or 19.2%, decrease 
over  fiscal  2018.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  expense  related  to  the  Company's  Mexico 
investigation, which began in March 2017. 

Interest expense from continuing operations decreased by $1.2 million, or 6.1%, during fiscal 2019 when compared to the 
previous fiscal year as a result of a decrease in average debt outstanding of 16.0% partially offset by an increase in the effective 
interest rate from 6.0% to 6.7%. 

Income tax expense from continuing operations decreased $31.8 million, or 66.5% for fiscal 2019 compared to the prior fiscal 
year. The effective tax rate decreased to 17.8% for fiscal 2019 compared to 49.3% for fiscal 2018. The decrease was primarily 
due to a $10.5 million charge to tax expense related to the net impact of revaluing the U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities 
and  a  $4.9  million  charge  to  tax  expense  related  to  the  foreign  transition  tax  both  of  which  occurred  in  fiscal  year  2018, 
combined with a $10.3 million decrease in tax expense due to the reduction of the Company's U.S. federal statutory income 
tax rate from 31.55% to 21%, an $850.0 thousand decrease in tax expense related to an adjustment in revaluing the U.S. deferred 
tax assets and liabilities due to additional analysis and change in estimate, and the recognition of state tax credits of $3.7 million 
for fiscal 2019. 

Mexico Exit 

As previously disclosed, the Company sold all of the issued and outstanding capital stock and equity interest of its two Mexico 
subsidiaries,  WAC  de  Mexico  and  SWAC,  for  a  purchase  price  of  MXN  $826,795,050,  effective  as  of  July  1,  2018.  The 
Company subsequently converted the purchase price into approximately USD $44.36 million using applicable exchange rates. 
The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  no  longer  operate  in  Mexico.  Thus,  the  Company  expects  its  revenues  and  gross  loans 
receivables to be negatively impacted in future years-compared to historical levels.  

Further, under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, we are obligated to indemnify the purchasers for claims and liabilities 
relating to certain investigations of our former Mexico operating segment, the Company, and its affiliates by the DOJ or the 
SEC  that  commenced  prior  to  July  1,  2018.  Any  such  indemnification  claims  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial condition, including liquidity, and results of operations. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Regulatory Matters 

Mexico Investigation 

As disclosed in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings-Mexico Investigation” above, As previously disclosed, the Company retained 
outside legal counsel and forensic accountants to conduct an investigation of its operations in Mexico, focusing on the legality 
under the FCPA, and certain local laws of certain payments related to loans, the maintenance of the Company’s books and 
records associated with such payments, and the treatment of compensation matters for certain employees. 

The investigation addressed whether and to what extent improper payments, which may violate the FCPA and other local laws, 
were made approximately between 2010 and 2017 by or on behalf of WAC de Mexico, to government officials in Mexico 
relating to loans made to unionized employees. The Company voluntarily contacted the SEC and the DOJ in June 2017 to 
advise  both  agencies  that  an  internal  investigation  was  underway  and  that  the  Company  intended  to  cooperate  with  both 
agencies. The Company has and will continue to cooperate with both agencies. The SEC issued a formal order of investigation.  

There have been ongoing discussions with the SEC regarding the possible resolution of these matters. The discussions with the 
SEC have progressed to a point that the Company can now reasonably estimate a probable loss and has recorded an aggregate 
accrual of $21.7 million with respect to the SEC matters as of March 31, 2020. As the discussions with the SEC are continuing, 
there can be no assurance that the Company's efforts to reach a final resolution with the SEC will be successful or, if they are, 
what the timing or terms of such resolution will be.  The Company has no offer of settlement or resolution with the DOJ at this 
time. The total amount of the Company’s loss incurred in connection with the investigation and any resolution thereof, including 
those amounts which remain subject to approval by the SEC, may be higher than the amount of the accrual. 

If violations of the FCPA or other local laws occurred, the Company could be subject to fines, civil and criminal penalties, 
equitable  remedies,  including  profit disgorgement  and  related  interest,  and  injunctive  relief.  In  addition,  any  disposition  of 
these  matters  could result  in  modifications  to  our business practices  and  compliance programs.  Any  disposition  could  also 
potentially require that a monitor be appointed to review future business practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with 
the FCPA and other applicable laws. The Company could also face fines, sanctions, and other penalties from authorities in 
Mexico, as well as third-party claims by shareholders and/or other stakeholders of the Company. In addition, disclosure of the 
investigation or its ultimate disposition could adversely affect the Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business 
or retain existing business from its current customers and potential customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access 
the capital markets. If it is determined that a violation of the FCPA or other laws has occurred, such violation may give rise to 
an  event  of  default  under  the  Company’s  credit  agreement  if  such  violation  were  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s business, operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) or if the amount of any settlement, 
penalties, fines,  or  other payments  resulted  in  the  Company  failing  to  satisfy  any  financial  covenants.  Additional  potential 
FCPA violations or violations of other laws or regulations may be uncovered through the investigation. See Part I, Item 1A, 
“Risk  Factors-We  may  be  exposed  to  liabilities  under  the  FCPA,  and  any  determination  that  the  Company  or  any  of  its 
subsidiaries has violated the FCPA could have a material adverse effect on our business and liquidity,” “-Our investigation of 
our previous operations in Mexico may expose the Company to other potential liabilities in addition to any potential liabilities 
under the FCPA and cause the Company to incur substantial expenses,” “-We depend to a substantial extent on borrowings 
under  our  revolving  credit  agreement  to  fund our  liquidity  needs,”  and  “-The  terms  of our debt  limit  how we  conduct  our 
business” for additional information. 

In addition to the ultimate liability for disgorgement and related interest, the Company believes that it could be further liable 
for fines and penalties. The Company is continuing its discussions with the SEC regarding the matters under investigation, 
but the ultimate resolution could be higher than the accrual. Further, in the event that a settlement is reached, there can be no 
assurance as to the timing or the terms of any such settlement.  

CFPB Rulemaking Initiative 

On  October  5,  2017,  the  CFPB  issued  a  final  rule  (the  "Rule")  imposing  limitations  on  (i)  short-term  consumer  loans,  (ii) 
longer-term consumer installment loans with balloon payments, and (iii) higher-rate consumer installment loans repayable by 
a payment authorization.  The Rule requires lenders originating short-term loans and longer-term balloon payment loans to 
evaluate whether each consumer has the ability to repay the loan along with current obligations and expenses (“ability to repay 
requirements”).    The  Rule  also  curtails  repeated  unsuccessful  attempts  to  debit  consumers’  accounts  for  short-term  loans, 
balloon payment loans, and installment loans that involve a payment authorization and an Annual Percentage Rate over 36% 
(“payment requirements”).  The Company does not believe that the Rule will have a material impact on the Company’s existing 
lending  procedures,  because  the  Company  currently  does  not  make  short-term  consumer  loans  or  longer-term  consumer 
installment loans with balloon payments that would subject the Company to the Rule’s ability to repay requirements.  The 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Company also currently underwrites all its loans (including those secured by a vehicle title that would fall within the scope of 
these proposals) by reviewing the customer’s ability to repay based on the Company’s standards. However, implementation of 
the Rule’s payment requirements may require changes to the Company’s practices and procedures for such loans, which could 
materially and adversely affect the Company’s ability to make such loans, the cost of making such loans, the Company’s ability 
to, or frequency with which it could, refinance any such loans, and the profitability of such loans. 

Further, on June 6, 2019, the CFPB amended the Rule to delay the August 19, 2019 compliance date for part of the Rule’s 
provisions,  including  the  ability  to  repay  requirements.  The  new  compliance  date  for  the  ability  to  repay  requirements  is 
November 19, 2020. In addition, on February 6, 2019, the CFPB issued a notice of proposed rulemaking proposing to rescind 
provisions of the Rule governing the ability to repay requirements.  The comment period for this proposed rulemaking closed 
in  May  2019.  According  to  the  CFPB’s  Fall  2019  rulemaking  agenda,  the  CFPB  is  reviewing  the  approximately  190,000 
comments it received and expected to take final action in April 2020 with respect to this proposal.  However, no final action 
has been taken as of yet.   Any regulatory changes could have effects beyond those currently contemplated that could further 
materially and adversely impact our business and operations. Unless rescinded or otherwise amended, the Company will have 
to comply with the Rule’s payment requirements if it continues to allow consumers to set up future recurring payments online 
for certain covered loans such that it meets the definition of having a “leveraged payment mechanism” under the Rule. If the 
payment  provisions  of  the  Rule  apply,  the  Company  will  have  to  modify  its  loan  payment  procedures  to  comply  with  the 
required notices and mandated timeframes set forth in the final rule. 

The CFPB also has stated that it expects to conduct separate rulemaking to identify larger participants in the installment lending 
market  for  purposes  of  its  supervision  program.  This  initiative  was  classified  as  “inactive”  on  the  CFPB’s  Spring  2018 
rulemaking agenda and has remained inactive since, but the CFPB indicated that such action was not a decision on the merits. 
Though the likelihood and timing of any such rulemaking is uncertain, the Company believes that the implementation of such 
rules would likely bring the Company’s business under the CFPB’s supervisory authority which, among other things, would 
subject  the  Company  to  reporting  obligations  to,  and  on-site  compliance  examinations  by,  the  CFPB.  See  Part  I,  Item  1, 
“Business - Government Regulation - Federal legislation,” for a further discussion of these matters and the federal regulations 
to  which  the  Company’s  operations  are  subject  and  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors,”  for  more  information  regarding  these 
regulatory and related risks. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The Company’s accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with GAAP and conform to general practices within the 
finance company industry. The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements 
are  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements. Certain  critical  accounting  policies  involve  significant 
judgment by the Company’s management, including the use of estimates and assumptions which affect the reported amounts 
of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. As a result, changes in these estimates and assumptions could significantly affect 
the Company’s financial position and results of operations. The Company considers its policies regarding the allowance for 
loan losses, share-based compensation, and income taxes to be its most critical accounting policies due to the significant degree 
of management judgment involved. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The Company has developed policies and procedures for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that take into 
consideration various assumptions and estimates with respect to its loan portfolio. The Company’s assumptions and estimates 
may be affected in the future by changes in economic conditions, among other factors. For additional discussion concerning 
the allowance for loan losses, see “Credit Quality” below. 

Share-Based Compensation 

The Company measures compensation cost for share-based awards at fair value and recognizes compensation over the service 
period for awards expected to vest. The fair value of restricted stock is based on the number of shares granted and the quoted 
price of our  common stock at the  time of grant,  and the fair value of stock options  is determined using the  Black-Scholes 
valuation model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected volatility, 
risk-free interest rate and expected life, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate. Actual results, and future 
changes in estimates, may differ substantially from our current estimates. 

Income Taxes 

Management uses certain assumptions and estimates in determining income taxes payable or refundable, deferred income tax 
liabilities and assets for events recognized differently in its financial statements and income tax returns, and income tax expense. 
Determining these amounts requires analysis of certain transactions and interpretation of tax laws and regulations. Management 
46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

exercises considerable judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting income tax liabilities and 
assets. These judgments and estimates are re-evaluated on a periodic basis as regulatory and business factors change. 

No assurance can be given that either the tax returns submitted by management or the income tax reported on the Consolidated 
Financial Statements will not be adjusted by either adverse rulings, changes in the tax code, or assessments made by the Internal 
Revenue Service or by state or foreign taxing authorities. The Company is subject to potential adverse adjustments including, 
but not limited to: an increase in the statutory federal or state income tax rates, the permanent non-deductibility of amounts 
currently considered deductible either now or in future periods, and the dependency on the generation of future taxable income 
in order to ultimately realize deferred income tax assets. 

Under FASB ASC 740, the Company includes the current and deferred tax impact of its tax positions in the financial statements 
when it is more likely than not (likelihood of greater than 50%) that such positions will be sustained by taxing authorities, with 
full knowledge of relevant information, based on the technical merits of the tax position. While the Company supports its tax 
positions by unambiguous tax law, prior experience with the taxing authority, and analysis that considers all relevant facts, 
circumstances and regulations, management must still rely on assumptions and estimates to determine the overall likelihood of 
success and proper quantification of a given tax position. 

Credit Quality 

The Company’s delinquency and net charge-off ratios reflect, among other factors, changes in the mix of loans in the portfolio, 
the quality of receivables, the success of collection efforts, bankruptcy trends and general economic conditions. 

Delinquency is computed on the basis of the date of the last full contractual payment on a loan (known as the recency method) 
and  on  the  basis  of  the  amount  past  due  in  accordance  with  original  payment  terms  of  a  loan  (known  as  the  contractual 
method). Upon refinancings, the contractual delinquency of a loan is measured based upon the terms of the new agreement, 
and is not impacted by the refinanced loan's classification as a new loan or modification of the existing loan. Management 
closely monitors portfolio delinquency using both methods to measure the quality of the Company's loan portfolio and the 
probability of credit losses. 

The following table classifies the gross loans receivable of the Company that were delinquent on a contractual and recency 
basis for at least 61 days at March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018: 

Contractual basis: 

61-90 days past due 
91 days or more past due 

Total 

Percentage of period-end gross loans receivable 

Recency basis: 

61-90 days past due 
91 days or more past due 

Total 

2020 

At March 31, 
2019 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2018 

35,021   
70,720  
105,741   

  $ 

  $ 

28,549  
59,634  
88,183  

  $

  $

24,813  
50,020  
74,833  

8.7 %  

7.8 %  

7.5 % 

28,451   
50,670  
79,121   

  $ 

  $ 

22,393  
42,772  
65,165  

  $

  $

19,524  
34,548  
54,072  

$

$

$

$

Percentage of period-end gross loans receivable 

6.5 %  

5.8 %  

5.4 % 

Approximately 79.6%, 78.7%, and 79.0% of the Company's loans were generated through refinancings of outstanding loans 
and the origination of new loans to previous customers in fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. A refinancing represents 
a new loan transaction with a present customer in which a portion of the new loan proceeds is used to repay the balance of an 
existing loan and the remaining portion is advanced to the customer. For fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, the percentages of the 
Company’s  loan  originations  that  were  refinancings  of  existing  loans  were  66.9%,  66.2%,  and  65.9%,  respectively. The 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Company’s refinancing policies, while limited by state regulations, in all cases consider the customer’s payment history and 
require that the customer has made multiple payments on the loan being considered for refinancing. A refinancing is considered 
a current refinancing if the customer is no more than 45 days delinquent on a contractual basis. Delinquent refinancings may 
be extended to customers who are more than 45 days past due on a contractual basis if the customer completes a new application 
and  the  manager  believes  that  the  customer’s  ability  and  intent  to  repay  has  improved. It  is  the  Company’s  policy  not  to 
refinance delinquent loans in amounts greater than the original amounts financed. In all cases, a customer must complete a new 
application  every  two  years. Refinancings  of  delinquent  loans  represented  1.3%,  1.1%,  and  1.2%  of  the  Company’s  loan 
volume in fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

Charge-offs, as a percentage of loans made by category, are greatest on loans made to new borrowers and least on loans made 
to former borrowers and refinancings. As a percentage of total loans charged off, refinancings represent the greatest percentage 
due to the volume of loans made in this category. The following table depicts the charge-offs as a percent of loans made by 
category and as a percent of total charge-offs during fiscal 2020: 

Refinancings 
Former borrowers 
New borrowers 

Loan Volume by 
Category 
(by No. of Accounts)   
66.9 %  
12.7 %  
20.4 %  
100.0 

Percent of 
Total Charge-offs 
(by Dollars Loaned) 

Charge-off as a Percent of Total 
Loans Made by Category 
(by Dollars Loaned) 

59.7 %  
9.2 %  
31.1 %  
100.0 %  

4.8 % 
5.8 % 
15.3 % 

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses in an amount that, in management's opinion, is adequate to provide for 
incurred losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The Company charges against current earnings, as a provision for loan 
losses, amounts added to the allowance to maintain it at levels expected to cover probable incurred losses of principal. When 
establishing the allowance for loan losses, the Company takes into consideration the growth of the loan portfolio, current levels 
of charge-offs, current levels of delinquencies, and current economic factors. 

The  Company  uses  a  mathematical  calculation  to  determine  the  initial  allowance  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  The 
calculation originated as management's estimate of future charge-offs and is used to allocate expenses to the branch level. There 
are two components when calculating the allowance for loan losses, which the Company refers to as the general reserve and 
the specific reserve. This calculation is a starting point, and over time, and as needed, additional provisions have been added 
as determined by management to ensure the allowance is adequate. 

The general reserve is 4.25% of the gross loan portfolio. The specific reserve generally represents 100% of all loans 91 days 
or more past due on a recency basis, including bankrupt accounts in that category. This methodology is based on historical data 
showing that the collection of loans 91 days or more past due is remote. 

A process is then performed to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, as well as considering trends in current 
levels of delinquencies, charge-off levels, and economic trends (such as energy and food prices). The primary tool used is the 
movement model (on a recency basis), which considers the rolling twelve months of delinquency to determine expected charge-
offs. The sum of expected charge-offs, determined from the movement model (on a recency basis), plus an amount related to 
delinquent  refinancings  is  compared  to  the  allowance  resulting  from  the  mathematical  calculation  to  determine  if  any 
adjustments are required to make the allowance adequate. Management also determines if any adjustments are needed in the 
event the consolidated annual provision for loan losses is less than total net charge-offs. Management uses a precision level of 
5%  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  compared  to  the  aforementioned  recency  movement  model  when  determining  if  any 
adjustments are needed. 

The Company's policy is to charge off at the earlier of when such loans are deemed to be uncollectible or when six months 
have elapsed since the date of the last full contractual payment. The Company's charge-off policy has been consistently applied 
and  no  changes  have  been  made  during  the  periods  reported.  We  believe  charge-offs  during  fiscal  2017  were  negatively 
impacted by ceasing all in-person visits to delinquent borrowers in December 2015. The Company's historical annual charge-
off rate for the past 10 years has ranged from 12.8% to 18.0% of net loans. Management considers the charge-off policy when 
evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

To estimate the losses, the Company uses historical information for net charge-offs and average loan life. This method is based 
on the fact that  many customers refinance their loans prior to the contractual maturity. Average contractual loan terms are 
approximately 12 months, and the average loan life is approximately 8 months. The Company had an allowance for loan losses 
that approximated 7 months of average net charge-offs at March 31, 2020. Management believes that the allowance is sufficient 
to cover estimated losses for its existing loans based on historical charge-offs and average loan life. 

A large percentage of loans that are charged off during any fiscal year are not on the Company's books at the beginning of the 
fiscal year. The Company believes that it is not appropriate to provide for losses on loans that have not been originated, that 
twelve months of net charge-offs are not needed in the allowance due to the average life of the loan portfolio being less than 
twelve months and that the method employed is in accordance with GAAP. 
The following is a summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 
2018: 

Balance at beginning of period 
Provision for loan losses 
Loan losses 
Recoveries 

Balance at end of period 

2020 
81,519,624  
181,730,182  
(183,439,199) 
16,677,249  
96,487,856  

$ 

$ 

2019 

2018 

  $

  $

66,088,139  
148,426,578   
(148,308,199)  
15,313,106   
81,519,624  

  $

  $

60,644,365  
117,620,140  
(127,387,857) 
15,211,491  
66,088,139  

Allowance as a percentage of loans receivable, net of unearned 
and deferred fees 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average net loans receivable (1) 

10.7 %  
18.0 %  

9.7  %  
16.1  %  

8.9 % 
14.9 % 

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Average net loans receivable have been determined by averaging month-end gross loans receivable less unearned interest and deferred 
fees over the indicated period, excluding tax advances. 

Quarterly Information and Seasonality 

The Company's loan volume and corresponding loans receivable follow seasonal trends. The Company's highest loan demand 
typically occurs from October through December, its third fiscal quarter. Loan demand has generally been the lowest and loan 
repayment  highest  from  January  to  March,  its  fourth  fiscal  quarter. Loan  volume  and  average  balances  typically  remain 
relatively  level  during  the  remainder  of  the  year. This  seasonal  trend  affects  quarterly  operating  performance  through 
corresponding  fluctuations  in  interest  and  fee  income  and  insurance  commissions  earned  and  the  provision  for  loan  losses 
recorded, as well as fluctuations in the Company's cash needs. Consequently, operating results for the Company's third fiscal 
quarter generally are significantly lower than in other quarters and operating results for its fourth fiscal quarter are significantly 
higher than in other quarters. However, the effects of COVID-19 could impact our typical seasonal trends. 

49 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The following table sets forth, on a quarterly basis, certain items included in the Company's unaudited Consolidated Financial 
Statements and shows the number of branches open during fiscal years 2020 and 2019. 

At or for the Three Months Ended 

2020 

2019 

June 
30, 

September 
30, 

December 
31, 

March 
31, 

June 
30, 

September 
30, 

December 
31, 

March 
31, 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Total revenues  $  138,441    $ 141,573    $  146,996    $  163,018    $ 122,790     $  127,116    $ 137,639    $ 156,997   
Provision for 
loan losses 

52,968    $  55,219    $  32,252    $

30,591     $  40,359    $

$  41,291    $

48,944    $

28,533   

General and 
administrative 
expenses 

Net income 
(loss) 

Gross loans 
receivable 
Number of 
branches open 

$  81,776  

$

78,452  

$  90,558  

$  96,707  

$

67,777   

$  64,936  

$

76,964  

$

78,626   

$ 

8,608    $

2,513    $ 

(6,267)   $  23,303    $ (21,503)    $  14,538    $

6,260    $

37,940   

$ 1,222,696    $ 1,274,147    $ 1,372,769    $ 1,209,871    $1,062,673     $ 1,126,792    $1,258,908    $1,127,957   

1,218   

1,234   

1,240    

1,243   

1,181   

1,189    

1,204   

1,193  

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 
in the Consolidated Financial Statements for the impact of new accounting pronouncements. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The Company has financed and continues to finance its operations, acquisitions and branch expansion through a combination 
of cash flows from operations and borrowings from its institutional lenders. The Company has generally applied its cash flows 
from operations to fund its loan volume, fund acquisitions, repay long-term indebtedness and repurchase its common stock. As 
the Company's gross loans receivable increased from $943.3 million at March 31, 2017 to $1,209.9 million at March 31, 2020, 
net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $257.4 million, $244.7 million, and $218.0 
million, respectively. 

The Company continues to believe stock repurchases are a viable component of the Company’s long-term financial strategy 
and an excellent use of excess cash when the opportunity arises. However, our revolving credit facility limits share repurchases 
to 50% of consolidated adjusted net income in any fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017. The 
Company can repurchase additional amounts of shares with prior written consent from lenders.  

The Company plans to open or acquire approximately 25 branches during fiscal 2021. Expenditures by the Company to open 
and  furnish  new  branches  averaged  approximately  $41,000  per  branch  during  fiscal  2020. New  branches  have  generally 
required $66,000 to $673,000 to fund outstanding loans receivable originated during their first 12 months of operation. During 
fiscal 2020, the Company opened 19 new branches and merged or closed 7 branches into existing ones. 

The Company acquired 38 branches during fiscal 2020. The Company believes that attractive opportunities to acquire new 
branches or receivables from its competitors or to acquire branches in communities not currently served by the Company will 
continue to become available as conditions in local economies and the financial circumstances of owners change. 

The Company has a revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The revolving credit facility provides for revolving 
borrowings of up to the lesser of (a) the aggregate commitments under the facility and (b) a borrowing base, and it includes a 
$300,000 letter of credit under a $1.5 million subfacility. In June 2019, the credit facility was amended and restated to, among 
other things, (i)  increase the aggregate commitments to $685.0 million (increased from $480.0 million), provided that certain 

50 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

conditions are met; (ii) permit the Company to purchase its equity securities or make other distributions in respect of its equity 
securities in the amount of $200 million from June 7, 2019 through June 1, 2020 plus up to 50% of consolidated adjusted net 
income for the period commencing on January 1, 2019, subject to certain restrictions; (iii) provide for a process to transition to 
a new benchmark interest rate from LIBOR, if necessary; (iv) extend the maturity date of the amended and restated revolving 
credit agreement to June 7, 2022; and (v) for clarity and convenience, restate the prior credit agreement, as amended since 
2010.  

Subject to a borrowing base formula, the Company may borrow at the rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin between 3.0% 
and 4.0% based on certain EBITDA related metrics set forth in the revolving credit agreement, which will be determined and 
adjusted on a monthly basis with a minimum rate of 4.0%. The Company’s amended and restated revolving credit agreement 
provides procedures for determining a replacement or alternative rate in the event LIBOR is unavailable or discontinued or if 
the administrative agent elects to replace LIBOR prior to its discontinuation. There can be no assurances as to whether such 
replacement or alternative rate will be more or less favorable than LIBOR. We intend to monitor the developments with respect 
to the potential phasing out of LIBOR and will work to limit any negative impacts that could result during any transition away 
from LIBOR. At March 31, 2020, the aggregate commitments under the revolving credit facility were $685.0 million. The 
$300,000 letter of credit outstanding under the subfacility expires on December 31, 2020; however, it automatically extends 
for one year on the expiration date. The borrowing base limitation is equal to the product of (a) the Company’s eligible finance 
receivables, less unearned finance charges, insurance premiums and insurance commissions, and (b) an advance rate percentage 
that ranges from 79% to 85% based on a collateral performance indicator, as more completely described below. Further, under 
the amended and restated revolving credit agreement, the administrative agent has the right to set aside reasonable reserves 
against the available borrowing base in such amounts as it may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, reserves with 
respect to certain regulatory events or any increased operational, legal, or regulatory risk of the Company and its subsidiaries. 

For the year ended March 31, 2020, the effective interest rate, including the commitment fee, on borrowings under the revolving 
credit facility was 5.8%. The Company pays a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum of the daily unused portion of the 
commitments. On March 31, 2020 $451.1 million was outstanding under this facility, and there was $180.2 million of unused 
borrowing availability under the borrowing base limitations.  

The Company’s obligations under the revolving credit facility, together with treasury management and hedging obligations 
owing to any lender under the revolving credit facility or any affiliate of any such lender, are required to be guaranteed by each 
of the Company’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The obligations of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors under 
the revolving credit facility, together with such treasury management and hedging obligations, are secured by a first-priority 
security interest in substantially all assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors.  

The  agreement  governing  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  facility  contains  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including 
covenants that restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur or guarantee indebtedness, 
incur liens, pay dividends and repurchase or redeem capital stock, dispose of assets, engage in mergers and consolidations, 
make  acquisitions  or  other  investments,  redeem  or  prepay  subordinated  debt,  amend  subordinated  debt  documents,  make 
changes in the nature of its business, and engage in transactions with affiliates. The agreement also contains financial covenants, 
including (i) a minimum consolidated net worth of (a) $365.0 million through December 30, 2020 and (b) $375.0 million on 
and after December 31, 2020; (ii) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of (a) 2.25 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters ending March 
31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 and (b) 2.75 to 1.0 for each fiscal quarter thereafter; (iii)  a maximum ratio of 
total debt to consolidated adjusted net worth of 2.0 to 1.0; (iv) as of the end of each fiscal quarter, provision for loan losses for 
the four fiscal quarters then ending shall equal or exceed the net loan charge off for the corresponding period (any shortfalls 
are required to be deducted in the determination of net income and consolidated net worth); and (v) a maximum collateral 
performance indicator of 24% as of the end of each calendar month. The agreement allows the Company to incur subordinated 
debt that matures after the termination date for the revolving credit facility and that contains specified subordination terms, 
subject to limitations on amount imposed by the financial covenants under the agreement. 

The collateral performance indicator is equal to the sum of (a) a three-month rolling average rate of receivables at least sixty 
days past due and (b) an eight-month rolling average net charge-off rate. The Company was in compliance with these covenants 
at March 31, 2020 and does not believe that these covenants will materially limit its business and expansion strategy. 

The agreement contains events of default including, without limitation, nonpayment of principal, interest or other obligations, 
violation  of  covenants,  misrepresentation,  cross-default  to  other  debt,  bankruptcy  and  other  insolvency  events,  judgments, 
certain  ERISA  events,  actual  or  asserted  invalidity  of  loan  documentation,  invalidity  of  subordination  provisions  of 
subordinated debt, certain changes of control of the Company, and the occurrence of certain regulatory events (including the 
entry of any stay, order, judgment, ruling or similar event related to the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ originating, 
51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

holding, pledging, collecting or enforcing its eligible finance receivables that is material to the Company or any subsidiary) 
which remains unvacated, undischarged, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period of 60 days from the date of 
its  entry  and  is  reasonably  likely  to  cause  a  material  adverse  change.  If  it  is  determined  that  a  violation  of  the  FCPA  has 
occurred, as described above in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings—Mexico Investigation,” such violation may give rise to an 
event of default under our credit agreement if such violation were to have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, 
properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) or if the amount of any settlement, penalties, fines, or other payments 
resulted in the Company failing to satisfy any financial covenants. 

The Company believes that cash flow from operations and borrowings under its revolving credit facility or other sources will 
be adequate to fund the expected cost of opening or acquiring new branches, including funding initial operating losses of new 
branches and funding loans receivable originated by those branches and the Company's other branches (for the next 12 months 
and  for  the  foreseeable  future  beyond  that).  Except  as  otherwise  discussed  in  this  report  including,  but  not  limited  to,  any 
discussions in Part 1, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" (as supplemented by any subsequent disclosures in information the Company 
files with or furnishes to the SEC from time to time), management is not currently aware of any trends, demands, commitments, 
events or uncertainties that it believes will or could result in, or are or could be reasonably likely to result in, any material 
adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity.  

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations by period: 

Payments Due by Period 

Less than 1 
Year 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

More than 5 
Years 

Contractual Obligations 
Long-term debt obligations 
Capital lease obligations 
Operating lease obligations 
Purchase obligations 
Other long-term liabilities 
reflected on the balance sheet 
under GAAP 

Total 
$ 506,041,772     $

24,879,293     $ 481,162,479     $

—    
110,079,871    
—    

—    
22,374,762    
—    

—    
35,734,461    
—    

—    

—    

—    

Total 

$ 616,121,643     $

47,254,055     $ 516,896,940     $

Share Repurchase Program 

—     $ 
—    
22,015,904    
—    

—  
—   
29,954,744   
—   

—    

—   
22,015,904     $  29,954,744  

On  March  12,  2020,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  Company  to  repurchase  up  to  $30.0  million  of  the  Company’s 
outstanding common stock, inclusive of the amount that remains available for repurchase under prior repurchase authorizations. 
As of March 31, 2020, the Company had $22.6 million in aggregate remaining repurchase capacity. The timing and actual 
number of shares of common stock repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including the stock price, corporate and 
regulatory requirements, restrictions under the revolving credit facility and other market and economic conditions. 

The Company continues to believe stock repurchases are a viable component of the Company’s long-term financial strategy 
and an excellent use of excess cash when the opportunity arises. However, our revolving credit facility limits share repurchases 
to $200 million from June 7, 2019 through June 1, 2020 plus up to 50% of consolidated adjusted net income for the period 
commencing on January 1, 2019, subject to certain restrictions. Our first priority is to ensure we have enough capital to fund 
loan growth. To the extent we have excess capital, we may repurchase stock, if appropriate and as authorized by our Board of 
Directors. As of March 31, 2020 the Company's debt outstanding was $451.1 million and its shareholders' equity was $412.0 
million resulting in a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.1:1.0. Management will continue to monitor the Company's debt-to-equity ratio 
and is committed to maintaining a debt level that will allow the Company to continue to execute its business objectives, while 
not putting undue stress on its consolidated balance sheet. 

Inflation 

The Company does not believe that inflation, within reasonably anticipated rates, will have a materially adverse effect on its 
financial condition. Although inflation would increase the Company’s operating costs in absolute terms, the Company expects 
that the same decrease in the value of money would result in an increase in the size of loans demanded by its customer base. It 
is reasonable to anticipate that such a change in customer preference would result in an increase in total loan receivables and 
an increase in absolute revenues to be generated from that larger amount of loans receivable. The Company believes that this 
increase in absolute revenues should offset any increase in operating costs. In addition, because the Company’s loans have a 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

relatively short contractual term and average life, it is unlikely that loans made at any given point in time will be repaid with 
significantly inflated dollars. 

Legal Matters 

From time to time the Company is involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its operations in the normal course of 
business. See Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and Note 16 to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further 
discussion of legal matters.  

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Interest Rate Risk 

As  of  March 31,  2020,  the  Company’s  financial  instruments  consisted  of  the  following: cash  and  cash  equivalents,  loans 
receivable, and senior notes payable. Fair value approximates carrying value for all of these instruments. Loans receivable are 
originated at prevailing market rates and have an average life of approximately 8 months. Given the short-term nature of these 
loans, they are continually repriced at current market rates. The Company’s outstanding debt under its revolving credit facility 
was  $451.1  million  at  March 31,  2020. Interest  on  borrowings  under  this  facility  is  based  on  the  rate  of  LIBOR  plus  an 
applicable margin between 3.0% and 4.0% based on certain EBITDA related metrics set forth in the revolving credit agreement, 
which will be determined and adjusted on a monthly basis with a minimum rate of 4.0%. 

Based on the outstanding balance under the Company's revolving credit facility at March 31, 2020, a change of 1% in the 
LIBOR interest rate would cause a change in interest expense of approximately $4.5 million on an annual basis. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

Part II 

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

ASSETS 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Gross loans receivable 
Less: 

Unearned interest, insurance and fees 
Allowance for loan losses 
Loans receivable, net 

Right-of-use asset 
Property and equipment, net 
Deferred income taxes, net 
Other assets, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Assets held for sale (Note 17) 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Liabilities: 

Senior notes payable 
Income taxes payable 
Lease liability 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 9 and 16) 

Shareholders' equity: 

March 31, 

2020 

2019 

11,618,922     $ 

9,335,433  
$
1,209,871,366     1,127,957,383   

(308,980,724)   
(96,487,856)   
804,402,786    
101,686,918    
24,761,108    
23,257,985    
28,547,950    
7,370,791    
24,448,477    
3,991,498    

(290,813,752)  
(81,519,624)  
755,624,007   
—   
25,424,183   
23,830,899   
18,398,935   
7,034,463   
15,340,153   
—   
$1,030,086,435     $  854,988,073  

$ 451,100,000     $  251,940,000  
11,550,197   
—   
39,381,251   
302,871,448   

4,965,302    
102,759,386    
59,298,680    
618,123,368    

Preferred stock, no par value Authorized 5,000,000, no shares issued or outstanding 
Common stock, no par value Authorized 95,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 
7,807,834 and 9,284,118 shares at March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 

Total shareholders' equity 

—    

—   

—    
227,214,577    
184,748,490    
411,963,067    

—   
198,125,649   
353,990,976   
552,116,625   

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

$1,030,086,435     $  854,988,073  

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

54 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
   
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

Years Ended March 31, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

Continuing operations 

Revenues: 
Interest and fee income 
Insurance income, net and other income 

Total revenues 

Expenses: 
Provision for loan losses 
General and administrative expenses: 

Personnel 
Occupancy and equipment 
Advertising 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Other 
Total general and administrative expenses 

Interest expense 

Total expenses 

$ 508,326,771     $ 469,154,277     $ 435,701,503  
66,966,829  
502,668,332  

81,702,244    
590,029,015    

75,388,648    
544,542,925    

181,730,182    

148,426,578    

117,620,140  

203,774,574    
54,237,835    
24,304,023    
5,010,626    
60,166,202    
347,493,260    

180,561,501    
48,751,691    
22,482,553    
1,527,656    
34,980,314    
288,303,715    

164,496,081  
39,113,729  
21,195,718  
990,399  
43,311,742  
269,107,669  

25,896,130    
555,119,572    

17,934,060    
454,664,353    

19,089,635  
405,817,444  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes 

34,909,443    

89,878,572    

96,850,888  

Income taxes 

6,751,965    

15,981,057    

47,757,808  

Income from continuing operations 

28,157,478    

73,897,515    

49,093,080  

Discontinued operations (Note 18) 
Income from discontinued operations before disposal of discontinued 
operations and income taxes 
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations 
Income taxes (benefit) 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations 

—    
—    
—    
—    

2,341,825    
(38,377,623)   
626,583    
(36,662,381)   

4,353,617  
—  
(243,321) 
4,596,938  

Net income 

$ 28,157,478     $ 37,235,134     $  53,690,018  

Net income per common share from continuing operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income (loss) per common share from discontinued operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income per common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

$
$

$
$

$
$

3.66     $
3.54     $

—     $
—     $

3.66     $
3.54     $

8.22     $ 
8.03     $ 

(4.08)    $ 
(3.98)    $ 

4.14     $ 
4.05     $ 

5.58  
5.48  

0.52  
0.51  

6.11  
5.99  

7,688,242    
7,952,900    

8,994,036    
9,204,377    

8,791,168  
8,958,676  

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

55 

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Years Ended March 31, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

Net income 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency translation 
adjustments due to sale of Mexico business 
Comprehensive income 

$ 

$ 

28,157,478    
—    

37,235,134     
(5,235,838)    

—    
28,157,478    

31,290,918     
63,290,214     

53,690,018   
1,727,795   

—   
55,417,813   

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Year ended March 31, 2020 

Common 
Stock 

Balances at March 31, 2019 

Proceeds from exercise of stock 
options 
Common stock repurchases 
Restricted common stock expense 
under stock option plan, net of 
cancellations ($4,476,159) 
Stock option expense 
Net income 

Balances at March 31, 2020 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Shares 
9,284,118     $198,125,649     353,990,976    

Retained 
Earnings 

69,481    
(1,520,679)   

4,612,926    

—    
—     (197,399,964)   

(25,086)   
—    
—    

—    
—    
28,157,478    
7,807,834     $227,214,577     184,748,490    

18,953,119    
5,522,883    
—    

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, net 

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 

—      552,116,625   

—     
4,612,926   
—      (197,399,964)  

18,953,119   
—     
5,522,883   
—     
—     
28,157,478   
—      411,963,067   

Year ended March 31, 2019 

Common 
Stock 

Shares 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Balances at March 31, 2018 

9,119,443     $ 175,887,227     391,275,705    

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, net 
(26,055,080)     541,107,852  

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 

Proceeds from exercise of stock 
options 
Common stock repurchases 
Restricted common stock expense 
under stock option plan, net of 
cancellations ($1,391,835) 
Stock option expense 
Other comprehensive loss 
Reclassification of cumulative foreign 
currency translation adjustments due 
to sale of Mexico business 
Net income 

Balances at March 31, 2019 

92,428    
(665,020)   

5,997,948     
—     

—    
(74,519,863)   

—     
—     

5,997,948  
(74,519,863) 

737,267    
—    
—    

12,248,507     
3,991,967     
—     

—    
—    
—    

—     
—     
(5,235,838)    

12,248,507  
3,991,967  
(5,235,838) 

—    
—    

—    
37,235,134    
9,284,118     $ 198,125,649     353,990,976    

—     
—     

31,290,918  
31,290,918     
—     
37,235,134  
—      552,116,625  

57 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Year ended March 31, 2018 

Common 
Stock 

Shares 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Balances at March 31, 2017 

8,782,949     $144,241,105     344,605,347    

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, net 
(27,782,875)     461,063,577  

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 

Proceeds from exercise of stock 
options 
Common stock repurchases 
Restricted common stock expense 
under stock option plan, net of 
cancellations ($1,517,357) 
Stock option expense 
ASU 2016-09 adoption 
Other comprehensive loss 
Net income 

Balances at March 31, 2018 

389,888    
(58,728)   

25,323,531    
—    

—    
(4,614,331)   

—     
—     

25,323,531  
(4,614,331) 

5,334    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
(2,405,329)   
—    
53,690,018    
9,119,443     $175,887,227     391,275,705    

1,564,048    
2,353,214    
2,405,329    
—    
—    

—     
—     
—     
1,727,795     
—     

1,564,048  
2,353,214  
—  
1,727,795  
53,690,018  
(26,055,080)     541,107,852  

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

58 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Cash flow from operating activities: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

Loss on sale of discontinued operations 
Loss on assets held for sale 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Provision for loan losses 
Depreciation 
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) 
Compensation related to stock option and restricted stock plans, net of 
taxes and adjustments 

Change in accounts: 
Other assets, net 
Income taxes payable and receivable 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Increase in loans receivable, net 
Net assets acquired from business combinations and asset acquisitions, 
primarily loans 
Increase in intangible assets from acquisitions 
Purchases of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flow from financing activities: 

Borrowings from senior notes payable 
Payments on senior notes payable 
Debt issuance costs associated with senior notes payable 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards 
Repurchase of common stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Effects of foreign currency fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year from continuing 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year from discontinued 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year from continuing operations
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year from discontinued operations 

Supplemental Disclosures: 

Interest paid during the year 
Income taxes paid during the year 

Years Ended March 31, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

$  28,157,478     $  37,235,134     $  53,690,018  

—    
251,263    
5,010,626    
517,499    

38,377,623    
—    
1,527,656    
592,549    

—   
—   
990,399   
865,727   
181,730,182     148,426,578     130,979,129   
7,339,657   
210,117   
8,785,432   

6,608,348    
93,199    
(3,655,751)   

7,147,966    
339,259    
572,914    

28,952,161    

17,635,309    

5,434,619   

(8,602,646)   
(858,817)  
(6,584,895)   
2,015,553   
19,917,429    
8,574,634   
257,409,236     244,664,271     218,026,468   

(5,507,068)   
(2,547,222)   
5,877,916    

(183,482,267)    (190,976,279)    (143,373,549)  

(47,100,694)   
(14,455,278)   
(11,277,780)   
284,869    
—    

(15,586,411)  
(33,922,279)   
(10,223,508)   
(1,987,762)  
(9,805,084)   
(9,171,468)  
466,806    
310,542   
37,494,505    
—   
(256,031,150)    (206,965,839)    (169,808,648)  

(991,400)   
4,612,926    
(4,476,159)   
(197,399,964)   
905,403    
—    
2,283,489    
9,335,433    
—    

540,691,400     364,290,000     294,963,800   
(341,531,400)    (357,250,000)    (345,200,000)  
(240,000)   
(420,000)  
5,997,948    
25,323,531   
(1,394,835)   
(1,517,357)  
(74,519,863)   
(4,614,331)  
(31,464,357)  
(63,116,750)   
2,667,447    
132,431   
16,885,894   
(22,750,871)   
12,473,833    
11,581,936   
19,612,471    
3,618,474   
$  11,618,922     $  9,335,433     $  32,086,304  
12,473,833  
9,335,433 
19,612,471   

11,618,922 

—    

—    

$  23,942,122     $  16,835,789     $  17,696,711  
$  15,711,692     $  23,259,590     $  38,741,119  

 See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

59 

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
    
   
   
  
 
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The Company's accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with GAAP and conform to general practices within 
the finance company industry. The following is a description of the more significant of these policies used in preparing 
the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Nature of Operations 

The Company is a small-dollar consumer finance (installment loan) company headquartered in Greenville, South Carolina 
that offers short-term small loans, medium-term larger loans, related credit insurance products and ancillary products and 
services  to  individuals  who  have  limited  access  to  other  sources  of  consumer  credit. It  also  offers  income  tax  return 
preparation services to its customer base and to others. 

As of March 31, 2020, the Company operated 1,243 branches in Alabama, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, 
Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  New  Mexico,  Oklahoma,  South  Carolina,  Tennessee,  Texas,  Utah,  and 
Wisconsin. Branches in the aforementioned states operate under one of the following names: Amicable Finance, Colonial 
Finance, Freeman Finance, General Credit, Midwestern Loans, World Acceptance, or World Finance. On August 3, 2018 
the Company and its affiliates completed the sale of the Company's Mexico operating segment in its entirety, effective as 
of July 1, 2018. Thus, the Company operated no branches in Mexico as of March 31, 2020 or 2019. During the first 
quarter of fiscal 2019, branches in Mexico operated under the name Préstamos Avance or Préstamos Viva. The Company 
is subject to numerous lending regulations that vary by jurisdiction. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of World Acceptance Corporation and its wholly-owned 
subsidiaries (the “Company”). Subsidiaries consist of operating entities in various states, ParaData Financial Systems (a 
software company acquired during fiscal 1994), and WAC Insurance Company, Ltd. (a captive reinsurance company 
established in fiscal 1994). All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

The financial statements of the Company’s former foreign subsidiaries in Mexico were prepared using the local currency 
as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries were translated into U.S. dollars at the then-current 
exchange rate while income and expense are translated at an average exchange rate for the applicable period. The resulting 
translation gains and losses were recognized as a component of equity in “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net.” 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of 
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results 
could  differ  from  those  estimates.  The  most  significant  item  subject  to  such  estimates  and  assumptions  that  could 
materially change in the near term is the allowance for loan losses. 

Reclassification 

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Such reclassifications had no 
impact on previously reported net income or shareholders' equity. 

Business Segments 

The Company reports operating segments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280. Operating segments are components 
of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating 
decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. FASB ASC Topic 280 requires that a public 
enterprise  report  a  measure  of  segment  profit  or  loss,  certain  specific  revenue  and  expense  items,  segment  assets, 
information about the way that the operating segments were determined and other items. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Company has one reportable segment. The other revenue generating activities of the Company, including the sale of 
insurance  products,  income  tax preparation,  and  the  automobile  club,  are  done within  the  existing  branch network  in 
conjunction with or as a complement to the lending operations. There is no discrete financial information available for 
these activities, and they do not meet the criteria under FASB ASC Topic 280 to be considered operating segments. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three 
months or less from the date of original issuance to be cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company 
had $5.4 million and $5.1 million, respectively, in restricted cash associated with its captive insurance subsidiary that 
reinsures a portion of the credit insurance sold in connection with loans made by the Company. 

Loans and Interest and Fee Income 

The  Company  is  licensed  to  originate  consumer  loans  in  the  states  of  Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Indiana, 
Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  New  Mexico,  Oklahoma,  South  Carolina,  Texas,  Tennessee,  Utah,  and 
Wisconsin. During fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018 the Company originated loans generally ranging up to $3,200, with terms 
of  48  months  or  fewer. Experience  indicates  that  a  majority  of  the  consumer  loans  are  refinanced,  and  the  Company 
accounts for the majority of the refinancings as new loans. Generally a customer must make multiple payments in order 
to qualify for refinancing. Furthermore, the Company's lending policy has predetermined lending amounts so that in most 
cases a refinancing will result in advancing additional funds. The Company believes that the advancement of additional 
funds constitutes more than a minor modification to the terms of the existing loan if the present value of the cash flows 
under the terms of the new loan will be 10% or more of the present value of the remaining cash flows under the terms of 
the original loan. 

The following table sets forth information about our loan products for fiscal 2020: 

Small loans 
Large loans 
Tax advance loans 

$

Minimum 
Origination   

Maximum 
Origination   
2,450    
20,600     
5,000     

100     $ 

2,500    
100    

Minimum 
Term 
(Months)   
3    
12    
8    

Maximum 
Term 
(Months) 
25  
48  
8  

Gross loans receivable at March 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following: 
2020 
761,364,753     $
442,683,915    
5,822,698    
1,209,871,366     $

Small loans 
Large loans 
Tax advance loans 
Total gross loans 

$

$

2019 
736,643,663  
383,686,372  
7,627,348  
1,127,957,383  

Fees received and direct costs incurred for the origination of loans are deferred and amortized to interest income over the 
contractual lives of the loans using the interest method. Unamortized amounts are recognized in income at the time that 
loans are refinanced or paid in full except for those refinancings that do not constitute a more than minor modification. 

Loans are carried at the gross amount outstanding, reduced by unearned interest and insurance income, net of deferred 
origination fees and direct costs and an allowance for loan losses. The Company recognizes interest and fee income using 
the interest method. Charges for late payments are credited to income when collected. 

With the exception of tax advance loans, which are interest free, the Company offers its loans at the prevailing statutory 
rates for terms not to exceed 48 months. Management believes that the carrying value approximates the fair value of its 
loan portfolio. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Nonaccrual Policy 

The accrual of interest is discontinued when a loan is 61 days or more past the contractual due date. When the interest 
accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. While a loan is on nonaccrual 
status, interest revenue is recognized only when a payment is received. Once a loan moves to nonaccrual status, it remains 
in nonaccrual status until it is paid out, charged off or refinanced. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses in an amount that, in management's opinion, is adequate to provide 
for incurred losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio.  The Company charges against current earnings, as a provision 
for loan losses, amounts added to the allowance to maintain it at levels expected to cover probable incurred losses of 
principal. When establishing the allowance for loan losses, the Company takes into consideration the growth of the loan 
portfolio, current levels of charge-offs, current levels of delinquencies, and current economic factors.    

The Company uses a mathematical calculation to determine the initial allowance at the end of each reporting period.  The 
calculation  originated  as  management's  estimate  of  future  charge-offs  and  is  used  to  allocate  expenses  to  the  branch 
level. There are two components when calculating the allowance for loan losses, which the Company refers to as the 
general  reserve  and  the  specific  reserve. This  calculation  is  a  starting  point  and  over  time,  and  as  needed,  additional 
provisions have been added as determined by management to make the allowance adequate. 

The general reserve is 4.25% of the gross loan portfolio. The specific reserve represents 100% of the gross loan balance 
of  all  loans  91  days  or  more  days  past  due  on  a  recency  basis,  including  bankrupt  accounts  in  that  category.  This 
methodology is based on historical data showing that the collection of loans 91 days or more past due is remote. 

A process is then performed to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which considers trends in current 
levels of delinquencies, charge-off levels, and economic trends (such as energy and food prices). The primary tool used 
is  the  movement  model  (on  a  recency  basis)  which  considers  the  rolling  twelve  months  of  delinquency  to  determine 
expected charge-offs. The sum of expected charge-offs, determined from the recency movement model plus the amount 
of delinquent refinancings is compared to the allowance resulting from the mathematical calculation to determine if any 
adjustments  are  needed  to  make  the  allowance  adequate.   Management  would  also  determine  if  any  adjustments  are 
needed if the consolidated annual provision for loan losses is less than total charge-offs. Management uses a precision 
level of 5% of the allowance for loan losses compared to the aforementioned recency movement model when determining 
if any adjustments are needed.  

The Company's policy is to charge off loans at the earlier of when such loans are deemed to be uncollectible or when six 
months  have  elapsed  since  the  date  of  the  last  full  contractual  payment.  The  Company's  charge-off  policy  has  been 
consistently applied and no changes have been made during the periods reported. The Company's historical annual charge-
off rate (net charge-offs as a percentage of average net loans receivable) for the past 10 years has ranged from 12.8% to 
18.0% of net loans. Management considers the charge-off policy when evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance 
for loan losses. 

Impaired Loans 

The Company defines impaired loans as bankrupt accounts and accounts 91 days or more past due on a recency basis. In 
accordance with the Company’s charge-off policy, once a loan is deemed uncollectible, 100% of the net investment is 
charged off, except in the case of a borrower who has filed for bankruptcy. As of March 31, 2020, bankrupt accounts that 
had not been charged off were approximately $6.3 million.  Bankrupt accounts 91 days or more past due on a recency 
basis are reserved at 100% of the gross loan balance. The Company also considers any accounts 91 days or more past due 
on a recency basis to be impaired, and such accounts are reserved at 100% of the gross loan balance.  

Delinquency is the primary credit quality indicator used to determine the credit quality of the Company's receivables 
(additional requirements from ASC 310-10 are disclosed in Note 2). 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is recorded using 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset as follows: buildings, 25 to 40 years; furniture 
and fixtures, 5 to 10 years; equipment, 3 to 7 years; and vehicles, 3 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is 
recorded  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  lesser  of  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  asset  or  the  term  of  the 
lease.  Additions to premises and equipment and major replacements or improvements are added at cost. Maintenance, 
repairs,  and  minor  replacements  are  charged  to  operating  expense  as  incurred. When  assets  are  retired  or  otherwise 
disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the 
consolidated statement of operations. 

Operating Leases 

The Company’s branch leases typically have a lease term of three to five years and contain lessee renewal options and 
cancellation clauses in the event of regulatory changes. The Company typically renews its leases for one or more option 
periods. Accordingly, the Company amortizes its leasehold improvements over the shorter of their economic lives, which 
are generally five years, or the lease term that considers renewal periods that are reasonably assured. 

Other Assets 

Other  assets  include  cash  surrender  value  of  life  insurance  policies,  prepaid  expenses,  debt  issuance  costs,  and  other 
deposits. 

Intangible Assets and Goodwill 

Intangible assets include the cost of acquiring existing customers ("customer lists"), and the fair value assigned to non-
compete agreements. Customer lists are amortized on a straight line or accelerated basis over their estimated period of 
benefit, ranging from 8 to 23 years with a weighted average of approximately 9.6 years. Non-compete agreements are 
amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the agreement, ranging from 3 to 5.3 years with a weighted average of 
approximately 4.9 years. 

Customer lists are allocated at a branch level and are evaluated for impairment at a branch level when a triggering event 
occurs, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360-10-05. If a triggering event occurs, the impairment loss to the customer 
list  is  generally  the  remaining  unamortized  customer  list  balance. In  most  acquisitions,  the  original  fair  value  of  the 
customer list allocated to a branch is less than $100,000, and management believes that in the event a triggering event 
were to occur, the impairment loss to an unamortized customer list would be immaterial. 

Non-compete agreements are valued at the stated amount paid to the other party for these agreements, which the Company 
believes approximates the fair value. The fair value of the customer lists is based on a valuation model that utilizes the 
Company’s historical data to estimate the value of any acquired customer lists. In a business combination, the remaining 
excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  assets,  customer  list,  and  non-compete  agreements  is 
allocated  to  goodwill. The  branches  the  Company  acquires  are  small,  privately-owned  branches,  which  do  not  have 
sufficient historical data to determine customer attrition. The Company believes that the customers acquired have the 
same characteristics and perform similarly to its customers. Therefore, the Company utilized the attrition patterns of its 
customers  when  developing  the  estimate  of  attrition  for  acquired  customers. This  estimation  method  is  re-evaluated 
periodically. 

The Company evaluates goodwill annually for impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year using the market value-
based approach. The Company has one reporting unit, and the Company has multiple components, the lowest level of 
which  is  individual  branches.  The  Company’s  components  are  aggregated  for  impairment  testing  because  they  have 
similar economic characteristics.   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

The  Company  assesses  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  including  property  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets, 
whenever changes or events indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company assesses impairment 
of these assets generally at the branch level based on the operating cash flows of the branch and the Company’s plans for 
branch closings. The Company will write down such assets to fair value if, based on an analysis, the sum of the expected 
future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets. The Company did not record any impairment 
charges for the fiscal year ended 2020, 2019, or 2018. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

FASB ASC Topic 825 requires disclosures about the fair value of all financial instruments, regardless of whether the 
financial instrument is recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases where 
quoted  market  prices  are  not  available,  fair  values  are  based  on  estimates  using  present  value  or  other  valuation 
techniques. The  Company’s  financial  instruments  for  the  periods  reported  consist  of  the  following: cash  and  cash 
equivalents,  loans  receivable  and  senior  notes  payable. Fair  value  approximates  carrying  value  for  all  of  these 
instruments.    

Loans receivable are originated at prevailing market rates and have an average life of approximately 8 months. Given the 
short-term nature of these loans, they are continually repriced at current market rates. The Company’s revolving credit 
facility has a variable rate based on a margin over LIBOR and reprices with any changes in LIBOR.  

Insurance Premiums and Commissions 

Insurance premiums for credit life, accident and health, property and unemployment insurance written in connection with 
certain  loans,  net  of  refunds  and  applicable  advance  insurance  commissions  retained  by  the  Company,  are  remitted 
monthly to an insurance company. All commissions are credited to unearned insurance commissions and recognized as 
income over the life of the related insurance contracts. The Company recognizes insurance income using the Rule of 78s 
method for credit life (decreasing term), credit accident and health, unemployment insurance and the Pro Rata method 
for credit life (level term) and credit property.  

Non-filing Insurance 

Non-filing insurance premiums are charged on certain loans in lieu of recording and perfecting the Company's security 
interest in the assets pledged. The premiums and recoveries are remitted to a third party insurance company and are not 
reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements (see Note 8). 

Claims paid by the third party insurance company result in a reduction to loan losses. Certain losses related to such loans, 
which are not recoverable through life, accident and health, property, or unemployment insurance claims are reimbursed 
through non-filing insurance claims subject to policy limitations.  Any remaining losses are charged to the allowance for 
loan losses. 

Income Taxes 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for 
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets 
and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases  and  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards. Deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates 
is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are  more likely than not of being 
sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being 
realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment related to 
additional facts and circumstances occurs. 

Earnings Per Share 

Earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 260. Basic EPS includes no dilution and 
is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for  the 
period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution of securities that could share in the earnings of the Company. Potential 
common stock included in the diluted EPS computation consists of stock options and restricted stock, which are computed 
using the treasury stock method. See Note 11 for the reconciliation of the numerators and denominators for basic and 
dilutive EPS calculations. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Stock-Based Compensation 

FASB ASC Topic 718-10 requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock 
options  and  other  equity-based  compensation  issued  to  employees. FASB  ASC  Topic  718-10  does  not  change  the 
accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees provided in FASB ASC 
Topic  718-10.  Under  FASB  ASC  Topic  718-10,  the  way  an  award  is  classified  will  affect  the  measurement  of 
compensation cost. Liability-classified awards are remeasured to fair value at each balance-sheet date until the award is 
settled. Equity-classified awards are measured at grant-date fair value, amortized over the subsequent vesting period, and 
are not subsequently remeasured. The fair value of non-vested stock awards for the purposes of recognizing stock-based 
compensation expense is the market price of the stock on the grant date. The fair value of options is estimated on the 
grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (see Note 12). At March 31, 2020, the Company had several 
share-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 12. 

Share Repurchases 

On March 12, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $30.0 million of the Company’s 
outstanding  common  stock,  inclusive  of  the  amount  that  remains  available  for  repurchase  under  prior  repurchase 
authorizations. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had $22.6 million in aggregate remaining repurchase capacity. The 
timing and actual number of shares of common stock repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including the stock 
price,  corporate  and  regulatory  requirements,  restrictions  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  other  market  and 
economic conditions.  

The  Company  continues  to  believe  stock  repurchases  are  a  viable  component  of  the  Company’s  long-term  financial 
strategy and an excellent use of excess cash when the opportunity arises. However, our revolving credit agreement limits 
share repurchases to 50% of consolidated adjusted net income in any fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending 
March 31, 2017 without prior written consent of the lenders. As of March 31, 2020 our debt outstanding was $451.1 
million and our shareholders' equity was $412.0 million resulting in a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.1:1.0. 

Comprehensive Income 

Total  comprehensive  income  consists  of  net  income  and  other  comprehensive  income  (loss). The  Company’s  other 
comprehensive  income  (loss)  and  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  are  composed  of  foreign  currency 
translation adjustments. 

Concentration of Risk 

The Company generally serves individuals with limited access to other sources of consumer credit such as banks, credit 
unions, other consumer finance businesses and credit card lenders. During the year ended March 31, 2020, the Company 
operated in sixteen states in the United States. For the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, total revenue within 
the Company's four largest states (Texas, Georgia, Tennessee, and South Carolina) accounted for approximately 56%, 
57% and 53%, respectively, of the Company's total revenues.  

The Company maintains amounts in bank accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company 
has not experienced losses in such accounts, which are maintained with large domestic banks. Management believes the 
Company’s exposure to credit risk is minimal for these accounts.  

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. Advertising costs were approximately $24.3 million, $22.5 million, and 
$21.2 million for fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Leases 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU, as amended by ASU 2018-01, 
ASU 2018-10, and 2018-11, requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities from leases with terms greater than 12 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

months  and  to  disclose  information  related  to  the  amount,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows  arising  from  leases, 
including various qualitative and quantitative requirements. The amendments of this ASU are effective for annual periods, 
and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018. 

Upon adoption of this guidance on April 1, 2019 the Company removed its deferred rent expense balance of $0.4 million, 
recorded a right-of-use asset of $87.4 million, and recorded a lease liability of $87.8 million. Amounts recorded upon 
adoption of Topic 842 were adjusted from what was reported in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 due to the Company finalizing its implementation since that filing. In conjunction with 
adoption the Company made the following elections as outlined in ASU 2016-02 and its amendments: 

•  The Company elected to apply the new guidance retrospectively at the beginning of the period of adoption, and, as a 
result, the adoption date is the beginning of the reporting period in which the Company first applies the guidance in 
Topic 842. The Company has not adjusted comparative years in the consolidated financial statements or make the new 
required disclosures for periods before the adoption date. The new required disclosures are only presented in the period 
of adoption and subsequently thereafter. 

•  The Company elected, by class of underlying asset, to expense short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the life 

of the lease rather than applying the recognition requirements in Topic 842 according to the following table: 

Class of Underlying Asset 
Buildings (Office Space) 
Office Equipment 

Election? Yes/No 
No 
Yes 

•  The Company elected, by class of underlying asset, not to separate non-lease components from lease components and 
instead  account  for  each  separate  lease  component  and  the  non-lease  components  associated  with  those  lease 
components as a single lease component according to the following table: 

Class of Underlying Asset 
Buildings (Office Space) 
Office Equipment 

Election? Yes/No 
Yes 
Yes 

•  The Company elected the following practical expedients, which must be elected as a package, when applying Topic 

842 to leases that commenced before the adoption date: 

1.  Not to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases; 
2.  Not to reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases (that is, all existing leases that were 
classified as operating leases in accordance with Topic 840 are classified as operating leases, and all existing 
leases that were classified as capital leases in accordance with Topic 840 are classified as finance leases); 
and, 

3.  Not to reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. 

•  The Company elected to use hindsight in determining the lease term (that is, when considering lessee options to extend 
or terminate the lease and to purchase the underlying asset) and in assessing impairment of the its right-of-use assets 
when applying Topic 842 to leases that commenced before the adoption date.  

Adoption of the standard did not impact the Company's consolidated statements of operations nor did adoption require 
the Company to alter its revolving credit facility to remain in compliance with its debt covenants. 

Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. ASU No. 2017-04 
eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Instead, under the amendments in this Update, an entity should 
perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying 
amount. Additionally,  an  entity  should  consider  income  tax  effects  from  any  tax deductible goodwill  on  the  carrying 
amount  of  the  reporting  unit  when  measuring  the  goodwill  impairment  loss,  if  applicable.  ASU  No.  2017-04  also 
eliminates  the  requirements  for  any  reporting  unit  with  a  zero  or  negative  carrying  amount  to  perform  a  qualitative 
assessment and, if it fails that qualitative assessment, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. Therefore, the 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

same impairment assessment applies to all reporting units. The ASU also eliminates the provision that allowed a best 
estimate of goodwill impairment to be recognized if the goodwill impairment test is not complete before the financial 
statements are issued or available to be issued. Thus, the goodwill impairment test now must be complete before issuing 
the financial statements. The amendments in this Update are effective for public entities who are SEC filers for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. 

The Company early adopted ASU 2017-04 for the period ended March 31, 2020. The adoption had no impact on the 
Company’s financial statements. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards to be Adopted 

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments  

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. The update, as amended by 
ASU 2019-04, seeks to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit 
losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. 
To achieve this objective, The amendments in this ASU require loss estimates be determined over the lifetime of the asset 
and broaden the information an entity must consider in developing its expected credit losses. The ASU does not specify 
a  method  for  measuring  expected  credit  losses  and  allows  an  entity  to  apply  methods  that  reasonably  reflect  its 
expectations of the credit loss estimate based on the entity’s size, complexity and risk profile. For public business entities 
the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those 
fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods 
within those fiscal years. 

For the Company, the standard will apply to its loan portfolio. A cross-functional team led by Corporate Finance was 
established to implement the new standard. We have completed our initial current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model 
and accounting policy elections. We continue to refine and test our model, estimation techniques, operational processes 
and  controls  to  be  used  in  preparing  CECL  loss  estimates  and  related  financial  statement  disclosures.  The  CECL 
calculated  losses  on  the  loan  portfolio  are  derived  using  a  migration  type  model  based  on  historical  loss  experience, 
borrower characteristics, forecasts and other factors. The outstanding loans are segmented into pools with similar risk 
characteristics, primarily based on the length of time the borrower has been a customer. As the average life of our loans 
is generally twelve months or less, recent borrower performance is the best indicator we have of expected loss.  Forecasted 
changes in macroeconomic variables generally will not materially impact loans that are outstanding at the end of any 
given reporting given the short duration of those loans, so we instead consider partial migration curves as well as current 
internal  credit  quality  trends  as  compared  to  historical  amounts  to  forecast  any  changes  in  expected  losses  over  the 
remaining period. We are considering the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic as well as the stimulus packages adopted 
by the U.S. government as it relates to a qualitative adjustment to the allowance for expected losses. 

The Company adopted the guidance on April 1, 2020 using a modified retrospective approach with a cumulative-effect 
adjustment  to retained  earnings. The  initial  range of  impact  of  this  standard  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements is an increase of $14.5 million to $26.2 million to the allowance for credit losses with a corresponding decrease 
to retained earnings, net of tax.  These amounts are preliminary while the Company completes the processes noted above. 

We reviewed all other newly issued accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to our 
business or are not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(2)  Allowance for Loan Losses and Credit Quality Indicators 

The following is a summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, 
and 2018: 

Balance at beginning of period 
Provision for loan losses 
Loan losses 
Recoveries 

Balance at end of period 

2019 

2020 
$  81,519,624    

2018 
60,644,365   
66,088,139    
181,730,182      148,426,578     117,620,140   
(183,439,199)     (148,308,199)    (127,387,857)  
15,211,491   
66,088,139   

16,677,249     
$  96,487,856    

15,313,106    
81,519,624    

The following is a summary of loans individually and collectively evaluated for impairment for the periods indicated: 

March 31, 2020 

Gross loans in bankruptcy, excluding contractually 
delinquent 
Gross loans contractually delinquent 
Loans not contractually delinquent and not in 
bankruptcy 
Gross loan balance 
Unearned interest and fees 
Net loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 

Loans 
individually 
evaluated for 
impairment 
(impaired loans)  

$ 

5,165,752    
70,719,727    

—    
75,885,479    
(16,848,762)   
59,036,717    
(54,090,509)   
4,946,208    

$ 

Loans 
collectively 
evaluated for 
impairment 

Total 

—    
—    

5,165,752   
70,719,727   

1,133,985,887     1,133,985,887   
1,133,985,887     1,209,871,366   
(308,980,724)  
(292,131,962)   
900,890,642   
841,853,925    
(96,487,856)  
(42,397,347)   
804,402,786   
799,456,578    

March 31, 2019 

Gross loans in bankruptcy, excluding contractually 
delinquent 
Gross loans contractually delinquent 
Loans not contractually delinquent and not in 
bankruptcy 
Gross loan balance 
Unearned interest and fees 
Net loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 

Loans individually 
evaluated for 
impairment 
(impaired loans) 

Loans collectively 
evaluated for 
impairment 

Total 

$

$

4,644,203    
59,633,541    

—    
64,277,744    
(14,319,795)   
49,957,949    
(45,511,124)   
4,446,825    

—    
—    

4,644,203   
59,633,541   

1,063,679,639     1,063,679,639   
1,063,679,639     1,127,957,383   
(290,813,752)  
(276,493,957)   
837,143,631   
787,185,682    
(81,519,624)  
(36,008,500)   
755,624,007   
751,177,182    

The average net balance of impaired loans was $57.2 million, $47.0 million, and $42.3 million, respectively, for the 
years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. It is not practicable to compute the amount of interest earned on impaired 
loans, nor is it practicable to compute the interest income recognized using the cash-basis method during the period 
such loans were impaired. 

68 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following is an assessment of the credit quality for the fiscal years indicated: 

Credit risk 

Consumer loans- non-bankrupt accounts 
Consumer loans- bankrupt accounts 

Total gross loans 

Consumer credit exposure 

Credit risk profile based on payment activity, performing 
Contractual non-performing, 61 days or more delinquent (1) 

Total gross loans 

Credit risk profile based on customer type 

New borrower 
Former borrower 
Refinance 
Delinquent refinance 
Total gross loans 

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Loans in non-accrual status 

The following is a summary of the past due receivables as of: 

March 31, 2020   

March 31, 
2019 

$  1,203,552,152     1,121,895,834  
6,061,549  
$  1,209,871,366     1,127,957,383  

6,319,214     

$  1,104,130,714     1,039,774,448  
88,182,935  
$  1,209,871,366     1,127,957,383  

105,740,652     

$ 

124,800,193    
127,108,125     
935,448,882     
22,514,166     

138,140,479  
116,242,182  
854,880,194  
18,694,528  
$  1,209,871,366     1,127,957,383  

Contractual basis: 

30-60 days past due 
61-90 days past due 
91 days or more past due 

Total 

Percentage of period-end gross loans receivable 

Recency basis: 

30-60 days past due 
61-90 days past due 
91 days or more past due 

Total 

March 31, 2020 

March 31, 
2019 

March 31, 
2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

49,137,102  
35,020,925  
70,719,727  
154,877,754  

40,300,574  
28,549,394  
59,633,541  
128,483,509  

32,959,151  
24,812,730  
50,019,567  
107,791,448  

12.8 %  

11.4 %  

10.7 % 

48,206,910  
28,450,942  
50,669,837  
127,327,689  

35,992,122  
22,393,106  
42,771,862  
101,157,090  

29,356,319  
19,523,845  
34,548,433  
83,428,597  

Percentage of period-end gross loans receivable 

10.5 %  

9.0 %  

8.3 % 

69 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(3)  Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consist of: 

Land 
Building and leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Total 

$

March 31, 
2020 
100,443    
17,048,098   
51,376,746   
68,525,287   
(43,764,179)  
$ 24,761,108   

March 31, 
2019 
576,977   
20,383,762  
47,027,859  
67,988,598  
(42,564,415) 
25,424,183  

Depreciation expense was approximately $7.1 million, $6.6 million, and $7.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2020, 
2019, and 2018, respectively. 

(4) 

 Intangible Assets 

The following table provides the gross carrying amount and related accumulated amortization of definite-lived intangible 
assets: 

March 31, 2020 

March 31, 2019 

Cost of customer lists 
Value assigned to non-
compete agreements 

Total 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 
$ 50,411,969    

10,054,643    
$ 60,466,612    

Gross 
Carrying 
Accumulated 
Amount 
Amortization   
(27,215,464)    23,196,505     $37,183,018     (22,509,921)    14,673,097  

Net 
Intangible 
Asset  

Accumulated 
Amortization   

Net 
Intangible 
Asset  

(8,802,671)   
667,056  
(36,018,135)    24,448,477     $46,347,661     (31,007,508)    15,340,153  

(8,497,587)   

9,164,643    

1,251,972    

The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for future years ended March 31 is as follows: $5.0 million for 
2021; $4.1 million for 2022; $3.6 million for 2023; $3.5 million for 2024; $3.1 million for 2025; and an aggregate of $5.1 
million for the years thereafter. 

(5)  Goodwill 

The following summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 
2019: 

Balance at beginning of year: 

Goodwill 
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses 
Goodwill, net 

Goodwill acquired during the year 
Impairment losses 

Balance at end of year: 

Goodwill 
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses 
Goodwill, net 

70 

2020 

2019 

$  7,114,094    
(79,631)    
$  7,034,463    

7,114,094  
(79,631) 
7,034,463  

$ 

336,328    
—     

—  
—  

$  7,450,422    
(79,631)    
$  7,370,791    

7,114,094  
(79,631) 
7,034,463  

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Company performed an annual impairment test during the fourth quarters of fiscal 2020 and 2019 and determined 
that none of the recorded goodwill was impaired. 

(6)  Notes Payable 

Senior Notes Payable; Revolving Credit Facility 

At March 31, 2020 the Company's notes payable consisted of a $685.0 million senior revolving credit facility, which has 
an accordion feature permitting the maximum aggregate commitments to increase to $685.0 million provided that certain 
conditions are met. At March 31, 2020 $451.1 million was outstanding under the facility, not including a $300.0 thousand 
outstanding standby letter of credit related to workers compensation. To the extent that the letter of credit is drawn upon, 
the  disbursement  will  be  funded  by  the  credit  facility.  There  are  no  amounts  due  related  to  the  letter  of  credit  as  of 
March 31, 2020. The letter of credit expires on December 31, 2020; however, it automatically extends for one year on the 
expiration date. Subject to a borrowing base formula, the Company may borrow at the rate of LIBOR plus an applicable 
margin between 3.0% and 4.0% based on certain EBITDA related metrics set forth in the revolving credit agreement, 
which will be determined and adjusted on a monthly basis with a minimum rate of 4.0%. The revolving credit facility has 
a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the commitment. Commitment fees on the unused portion 
of the borrowing totaled $1.0 million, $1.1 million, and $0.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, 
respectively. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility mature on June 7, 2022. 

For the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 the Company’s effective interest rate, including the commitment 
fee, was 5.8%, 6.7%, and 6.0% respectively, and the unused amount available under the revolver at March 31, 2020 was 
$180.2 million. 

Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral for borrowings under the revolving credit agreement. 

Debt Covenants 

The agreement governing the Company’s revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, including 
covenants  that  restrict  the  ability  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  to,  among  other  things,  incur  or  guarantee 
indebtedness, incur liens, pay dividends and repurchase or redeem capital stock, dispose of assets, engage in mergers and 
consolidations, make acquisitions or other investments, redeem or prepay subordinated debt, amend subordinated debt 
documents, make changes in the nature of its business, and engage in transactions with affiliates. The agreement also 
contains financial covenants, including (i) a minimum consolidated net worth of (a) $365.0 million through December 
30, 2020 and (b) $375.0 million on and after December 31, 2020; (ii) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of (a) 2.25 
to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020 and (b) 2.75 to 1.0 for each 
fiscal quarter thereafter; (iii)  a maximum ratio of total debt to consolidated adjusted net worth of 2.0 to 1.0; (iv) as of the 
end of each fiscal quarter, provision for loan losses for the four fiscal quarters then ending shall equal or exceed the net 
loan charge off for the corresponding period (any shortfalls are required to be deducted in the determination of net income 
and consolidated net worth); and (v) a maximum collateral performance indicator of 24% as of the end of each calendar 
month. The agreement allows the Company to incur subordinated debt that matures after the termination date for the 
revolving credit facility and that contains specified subordination terms, subject to limitations on amount imposed by the 
financial covenants under the agreement. 

The collateral performance indicator is equal to the sum of (a) a three-month rolling average rate of receivables at least 
sixty days past due and (b) an eight-month rolling average net charge-off rate. The Company was in compliance with 
these  covenants  at  March  31,  2020  and  does  not  believe  that  these  covenants  will  materially  limit  its  business  and 
expansion strategy. 

The  agreement  contains  events  of  default  including,  without  limitation,  nonpayment  of  principal,  interest  or  other 
obligations,  violation  of  covenants,  misrepresentation,  cross-default  to  other  debt,  bankruptcy  and  other  insolvency 
events, judgments, certain ERISA events, actual or asserted invalidity of loan documentation, invalidity of subordination 
provisions of subordinated debt, certain changes of control of the Company, and the occurrence of certain regulatory 
events (including the entry of any stay, order, judgment, ruling or similar event related to the Company’s or any of its 
subsidiaries’ originating, holding, pledging, collecting or enforcing its eligible finance receivables that is material to the 
Company or any subsidiary) which remains unvacated, undischarged, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a 
period of 60 days from the date of its entry and is reasonably likely to cause a material adverse change. If it is determined 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

that  a  violation  of  the  FCPA  has  occurred,  as  described  above  in  Part  I,  Item  3,  “Legal  Proceedings—Mexico 
Investigation,” such violation may give rise to an event of default under our credit agreement if such violation were to 
have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) or if 
the amount of any settlement, penalties, fines, or other payments resulted in the Company failing to satisfy any financial 
covenants. 

Debt Maturities 

As of March 31, 2020, the aggregate annual maturities of the notes payable for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to 
March 31, 2020 were as follows: 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Total future debt payments 

—  
—   
451,100,000   
—   
—   
451,100,000  

$ 

$ 

(7) 

Insurance and Other Income 

Insurance and other income for the years ending March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 consist of: 

Insurance revenue 
Tax return preparation revenue 
Auto club membership revenue 
Other 

Insurance and other income 

2020 
$ 50,360,730    
20,936,447    
6,254,748    
4,150,319    
$ 81,702,244    

2019 
45,182,596    
21,454,117    
4,452,018    
4,299,917    
75,388,648    

2018 
41,959,092  
16,801,909  
3,373,023  
4,832,805  
66,966,829  

The Company has a wholly-owned, captive insurance subsidiary that reinsures a portion of the credit insurance sold in 
connection  with  loans  made  by  the  Company. Certain  coverages  currently  sold  by  the  Company  on  behalf  of  the 
unaffiliated insurance carrier are ceded by the carrier to the captive insurance subsidiary, providing the Company with an 
additional  source  of  income  derived  from  the  earned  reinsurance  premiums. Insurance  premiums  are  ceded  to  the 
reinsurance  subsidiary  as  written  and  revenue  is  recognized  over  the  life  of  the  related  insurance  contracts.  As  of 
March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the amount of net written premiums by the reinsurance subsidiary were $6.6 million, 
$5.6 million, and $6.2 million, respectively, and the amount of earned premiums were $6.2 million, $5.7 million, and 
$5.3 million, respectively. 

The Company maintains a cash reserve for claims in an amount determined by the ceding company, and as of March 31, 
2020 and 2019, the cash reserves were $4.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively.  

(8)  Non-filing Insurance 

The  Company  maintains  non-filing  insurance  coverage  with  an  unaffiliated  insurance  company. The  following  is  a 
summary of the non-filing insurance activity for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018: 

Insurance premiums written 
Recoveries on claims paid 
Claims paid 

2020 
8,251,927    
1,001,288    
7,570,126    

$
$
$

2019 
6,164,871    
996,482    
6,553,271    

2018 
5,987,538  
1,093,396  
6,540,136  

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(9)  Leases 

Accounting Policies and Matters Requiring Management's Judgment 

When determining the economic life of a lease the Company adopts a convention of applying an economic life equal to 
the useful life as specified in its accounting policy. Refer to Note 1, “Property and Equipment,” in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for a description of the Company's accounting policy regarding useful lives. 

The  Company  uses  its  effective  annual  interest  rate  as  the  discount  rate  when  evaluating  leases  under  Topic  842. 
Management applies its effective annual interest rate to leases entered for the entirety of the subsequent year. For example, 
fiscal 2019’s annual effective interest rate of 6.7% will be used in the determination of lease type as well as the discount 
rate when calculating the present value of lease payments for all leases entered into in fiscal 2020 or until a new annual 
effective interest rate is available for application. 

Based on its historical practice, the Company believes it is reasonably certain to exercise a given option associated with 
a given office space lease. Therefore, the Company classifies all lease options for office space as “reasonably certain” 
unless it has specific knowledge to the contrary for a given lease. The Company does not believe it is reasonably certain 
to exercise any options associated with its office equipment leases. 

Periodic Disclosures 

The Company's leases consist of real estate leases for office space as well as office equipment leases, all of which were 
classified as operating at March 31, 2020. Both the real estate and office equipment leases range from three years to five 
years, and generally contain options to extend which mirror the original terms of the lease.  

The following table reports information about the Company's lease cost for the year ended March 31, 2020: 
2020 

Lease Cost 

Operating lease cost 
Short-term lease cost 
Variable lease cost 
Total lease cost 

  $

  $

26,244,323  
4,500  
3,376,275  
29,625,098  

The following table reports other information about the Company's leases for year ended March 31, 2020: 

Other Lease Information 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 
Weighted average remaining lease term — operating leases 
Weighted-average discount rate — operating leases 

  $
  $

2020 

25,618,886  
36,826,045  

8.4 years 
6.7 % 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table reports information about the maturity of the Company's operating leases as of March 31, 2020: 

Operating lease liability maturity analysis 

FY2021 
FY2022 
FY2023 
FY2024 
FY2025 
Thereafter 
Total undiscounted lease liability 
Imputed interest 

Total discounted lease liability 

22,374,762   
19,655,801   
16,078,660   
12,779,675   
9,236,229   
29,954,744   
110,079,871   
7,320,485   
102,759,386   

  $

  $

The Company had no leases with related parties at March 31, 2020. 

(10)  Income Taxes 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the TCJA. 
The TCJA included significant changes to existing tax law, including a permanent reduction to the U.S. federal corporate 
income tax rate from 35% to 21%, a one-time repatriation tax on deferred foreign income (“Transition Tax”), deductions, 
credits and business-related exclusions. 

The permanent reduction to the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35 % to 21% was effective January 1, 2018. 
When a federal tax rate changes during a fiscal year, the Internal Revenue Code requires taxpayers to compute a weighted 
daily  average  rate  for  the  fiscal  year  of  enactment.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  calculated  a  U.S.  federal  statutory 
corporate income tax rate of 21% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 and 31.55% for the fiscal year 
ended March 31, 2018. 

The impact of changes in federal tax rates on deferred tax amounts and the effect of the Transition Tax are significant 
unusual or infrequent events which are recognized as discrete items in the Company’s income tax expense in the period 
in which the event occurs. The Company recorded a $10.5 million increase in tax expense related to the net impact of 
revaluing the U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities in the third quarter of fiscal 2018. An adjustment was made in the 
third quarter of fiscal 2019 to record an $850.0 thousand tax benefit related to the revaluing of the U.S. deferred tax assets 
and liabilities due to additional analysis and change in estimate from the original calculation. The Company also recorded 
an increase in tax expense of $4.9 million related to the foreign Transition Tax during the final quarter of fiscal 2018. 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, our former Mexican subsidiaries paid the Company a dividend of $17.1 million.  
Because of the Transition Tax, the Company's tax basis was greater than its book basis. The recognition of the basis 
difference upon the sale of the Mexican operations in fiscal 2019 created a capital loss that the Company does not believe 
will  be  recognized  in  the  carryforward  period;  therefore,  a  full  tax  valuation  allowance  was  recorded  against  the 
recognized loss carryforward. 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in response to 
the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, expands current benefits of net operating losses and 
increases the allowable business interest deduction under Section 163(j). The Company does not expect the CARES Act 
to have a material impact on its income tax position. 

74 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations consists of: 

Year ended March 31, 2020 

Continuing Operations- Federal 
Continuing Operations- State and local 

Year ended March 31, 2019 

Continuing Operations- Federal 
Continuing Operations- State and local 

Year ended March 31, 2018 

Continuing Operations- Federal 
Continuing Operations- State and local 

Current 

Deferred 

Total 

$  3,307,872    
2,871,179    
$  6,179,051    

(224,604)   
797,518    
572,914    

3,083,268  
3,668,697  
6,751,965  

$  20,508,247    
(871,439)   
$  19,636,808    

(1,833,943)   
(1,821,808)   
(3,655,751)   

18,674,304  
(2,693,247) 
15,981,057  

$  32,398,898    
3,191,525    
$  35,590,423    

12,073,220    
94,165    
12,167,385    

44,472,118  
3,285,690  
47,757,808  

Income tax expense from continuing operations was $6.8 million, $16.0 million, and $47.8 million, for the years ended 
March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income 
tax rate of 21% for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, and 31.55% for fiscal 2018 to pretax income from continuing operations as a 
result of the following: 

Expected income tax 
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 

State tax (excluding state tax credits), net of federal benefit 
 Federal tax credits (net) 
State tax credits 
Revalue deferred tax assets and liabilities 
Foreign transition tax 
Uncertain tax positions 
Nondeductible penalties 
Valuation allowance under Section 162(m) 
Excess tax benefits related to equity compensation 
Prior year adjustments 
Other, net 

2020 
7,330,983    

2019 
18,874,500     

2018 
30,556,455  

$

3,398,271    
(7,616,236)   
(500,000)   
—    
—    
(167,455)   
4,562,830    
1,305,975    
(612,987)   
(672,358)   
(277,058)   
6,751,965    

1,576,915     
—     
(3,704,580)    
(852,523)    
—     
(183,929)    
2,210     
37,457     
(287,703)    
106,075     
412,635     
15,981,057     

2,249,055  
—  
—  
10,516,827  
4,854,640  
(340,993) 
4,387  
—  
(11,435) 
(130,606) 
59,478  
47,757,808  

$

75 

 
 
  
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Income tax expense (benefit) from discontinued operations was 0, $626,583, and ($243,321), for the years ended March 
31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax 
rate of 21% for fiscal years 2020 and 2019, and 31.55% for fiscal 2018 to pretax income from discontinued operations as 
a result of the following: 

Expected income tax 
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 

Foreign income adjustments 
Other, net 

2020 

—    

—    
—    
—    

$ 

$ 

2019 
491,783    

2018 
1,373,566  

187,974    
(53,174)   
626,583    

5,483  
(1,622,370) 
(243,321) 

The tax effects of temporary differences from continuing operations that give rise to significant portions of the deferred 
tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at March 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented below: 

Deferred tax assets: 
Allowance for loan losses 
Unearned insurance commissions 
Accrued expenses primarily related to employee benefits 
Reserve for uncollectible interest 
Lease liability 
Foreign tax credit carryforward 
Capital loss carryforward 
State net operating loss carryforwards 
Gross deferred tax assets 
Less valuation allowance 
Net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Fair value adjustment for loans receivable 
Property and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Deferred net loan origination costs 
Prepaid expenses 
Right-of-use asset 
Other 
Gross deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred income taxes, net 

2020 

2019 

$ 23,900,236    
9,964,655    
12,730,245    
1,205,082    
25,309,841    
3,254,926    
7,784,059    
387,558    
84,536,602    
(11,040,259)   
73,496,343    

20,162,369   
9,308,138   
9,271,182   
1,011,584   
—   
3,254,926   
7,856,176   
1,021,275   
51,885,650   
(11,112,376)  
40,773,274   

(14,065,135)   
(5,097,147)   
(925,319)   
(1,664,486)   
(1,185,759)   
(25,045,690)   
(2,254,822)   
(50,238,358)   

(9,589,188)  
(2,426,786)  
(1,610,258)  
(1,593,385)  
(1,054,110)  
—   
(668,648)  
(16,942,375)  

$ 23,257,985    

23,830,899   

At March 31, 2020, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $9.9 million. A deferred 
tax asset of approximately $0.4 million has been recorded to reflect the benefit of these losses that the Company expects 
to be recognized. Approximately $1,000 of the state net operating loss carryforward will expire in 2025 with the remaining 
carryforward expiring between 2036 and 2039.  

76 

 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets decreased by $72,117 for the year ended March 31, 2020 when compared 
to  March 31,  2019.  The  valuation  allowance  at  March  31,  2020  and  2019  was  $11.0  million  and  $11.1  million, 
respectively.  The  valuation  allowance  against  the  total  deferred  tax  assets  as  of  March  31,  2020  consisted  of  $1,274 
related to state of Colorado net operating loss carryforwards in the amount of $54,318, which expire in 2025, a foreign 
tax credit carryforward of $3.3 million arising in relation to the Section 965 calculation ("Transition Tax") during fiscal 
2018 which expires in 2028, and $7.8 million related to the $37.1 million capital loss carryforward from the sale of the 
Mexican operations in fiscal 2019 which expires in 2024.  The Company does not expect to generate enough foreign 
source income or capital gains in future tax years to realize these tax attributes. In assessing the realizability of deferred 
tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will 
not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income 
during  the  periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.  Management  considers  the  scheduled 
reversals  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  projected  future  taxable  income,  and  tax  planning  strategies  in  making  this 
assessment.   In order to fully realize the deferred tax asset, the Company will need to generate future taxable income 
prior to the expiration of the deferred tax assets governed by the tax code.   Based upon the level of historical taxable 
income  and  projections  for  future  taxable  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  related  temporary  differences  are 
deductible,  management  believes  it  is  more  likely  than  not the  Company  will  realize  the  benefits  of  these  deductible 
differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at March 31, 2020.  The amount of the deferred tax asset considered 
realizable, however,  could be  reduced  in  the near  term  if  estimates  of future  taxable income  during  the  carryforward 
period are reduced. 

As of  March  31,  2020, 2019,  and 2018,  the  Company had  $5.8  million, $5.8  million,  and $8.8  million of  total gross 
unrecognized tax benefits including interest, respectively.  Of these totals, approximately $5.2 million, $5.4 million, and 
$6.9 million, respectively, represents the amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that are permanent in nature and, if 
recognized, would affect the annual effective tax rate. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 are 
presented below: 

Unrecognized tax benefit balance beginning of year 
Gross increases (decreases) for tax positions of current year 
Gross increases (decreases) for tax positions of prior years 
Settlements with tax authorities 
Lapse of statute of limitations 
Unrecognized tax benefit balance end of year 

2018 

2020 

246,725    
786,674    

2019 
$ 4,043,623     6,946,229     7,264,966  
166,375  
8,228  
—  
(493,340) 
$ 4,351,811     4,043,623     6,946,229  

54,025    
(138,405)   
—     (1,356,714)   
(725,211)    (1,461,512)   

At March 31, 2020, approximately $3.0 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits are expected to be resolved during the 
next 12 months through settlements with taxing authorities or the expiration of the statute of limitations. The Company’s 
continuing  practice  is  to recognize  interest and  penalties  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  income  tax  expense.  As of 
March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2017, the Company had $1.4 million, $1.8 million, and $1.9 million accrued for gross interest, 
respectively, of which $(0.1) million, $1.1 million, and $0.4 million represented the current period expense for the periods 
ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. 

The Company is subject to U.S. income tax, as well as various other state and local jurisdictions. With the exception of a 
few states, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax 
authorities for years before 2015, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2015 may still be adjusted 
upon examination by the taxing authorities if they either have been or will be used in a future period. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(11)  Earnings Per Share 

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  numerators  and  denominators  of  the  basic  and  diluted  EPS  from  continuing 
operations calculations: 

For the year ended March 31, 2020 
Shares 
(Denominator)  

Income 
(Numerator)   

Per Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders 

$ 28,157,478    

7,688,242     $

3.66   

Effect of dilutive securities options and restricted stock 

—    

264,658    

Diluted EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders including dilutive securities 

$ 28,157,478    

7,952,900     $

3.54   

For the year ended March 31, 2019 
Shares 
(Denominator)  

Income 
(Numerator)   

Per Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders 

$ 73,897,515    

8,994,036     $ 

8.22  

Effect of dilutive securities options and restricted stock 

—     

210,341     

Diluted EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders including dilutive securities 

$ 73,897,515    

9,204,377     $ 

8.03  

For the year ended March 31, 2018 
Shares 
(Denominator)   

Income 
(Numerator)   

Per Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders 

$  49,093,080    

8,791,168      $

5.58  

Effect of dilutive securities options and restricted stock 

—    

167,508      

Diluted EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders including dilutive securities 

$  49,093,080    

8,958,676      $

5.48  

Options to purchase 656,347, 592,947, and 299,455 shares of common stock at various prices were outstanding during 
the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS 
because the option exercise price was antidilutive. 

78 

 
 
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
 
  
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
 
  
  
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(12)  Benefit Plans 

Retirement Plan 

The  Company  provides  a  defined  contribution  employee  benefit  plan  (401(k)  plan)  covering  full-time  employees, 
whereby  employees  can  invest  up  to  the  maximum  designated  for  that  year. The  Company  matches  50%  of  each 
employee's contributions up to the first 6% of the employee's eligible compensation, providing a maximum employer 
contribution of 3% of compensation. The Company's expense under this plan was $1.6 million, $1.5 million, and $1.4 
million, for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan 

The Company has instituted two supplemental executive retirement plans, which are non-qualified executive benefit plans 
in which the Company agrees to pay certain executives additional benefits in the future, usually at retirement, in return 
for continued employment by the executives. The SERPs are unfunded plans, and, as such, there are no specific assets 
set aside by the Company in connection with the establishment of the plans. The executives have no rights under the 
agreements beyond those of a general creditor of the Company. For the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, 
contributions of $0.6 million, $0.6 million, and $0.8 million, respectively, were charged to expense related to the SERP. 
The unfunded liability, which is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Company's 
Consolidated Balance Sheets was $6.8 million and $7.9 million as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

For the three years presented, the unfunded liability was estimated using the following assumptions: an annual salary 
increase of 3.5% for all 3 years; a discount rate of 6.0% for all 3 years; and a retirement age of 65. 

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan 

The Company has an Executive Deferral Plan. Eligible executives and directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their 
incentive compensation to be paid under the Executive Deferral Plan. As of March 31, 2020 and 2019 no executive or 
director had deferred compensation under this plan. 

Stock Incentive Plans 

The Company has a 2005 Stock Option Plan, a 2008 Stock Option Plan, a 2011 Stock Option Plan, and a 2017 Stock 
Incentive Plan for the benefit of certain directors, officers, and key employees. Under these plans, a total of 4,350,000 
shares of authorized common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to grants approved by the Compensation 
and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors. Stock options granted under these plans have a maximum duration 
of ten years, may be subject to certain vesting requirements, which are generally three to five years for officers, non-
employee  directors,  and  key  employees,  and  are  priced  at  the  market  value  of  the  Company's  common  stock  on  the 
option's grant date. At March 31, 2020 there were a total of 181,789 shares of common stock available for grant under 
the plans. 

Stock-based  compensation  is  recognized  as  provided  under  FASB  ASC  Topic  718-10  and  FASB  ASC  Topic  505-
50. FASB  ASC  Topic  718-10  requires  all  share-based  payments  to  employees,  including  grants  of  employee  stock 
options, to be recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period) in the 
consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  their  grant  date  fair  values.  The  Company  has  applied  the  Black-Scholes 
valuation model in determining the grant date fair value of the stock option awards. Compensation expense is recognized 
only for those options expected to vest. 

Long-term Incentive Program and Non-Employee Director Awards 

On October 15, 2018, the Compensation Committee and Board approved and adopted a new long-term incentive program 
that seeks to motivate and reward certain employees and to align management’s interest with shareholders’ by focusing 
executives on the achievement of long-term results. The program is comprised of four components: Service Options, 
Performance Options, Restricted Stock, and Performance Shares. 

Pursuant to this program, the Compensation Committee approved certain grants of Service Options, Performance Options, 
Restricted  Stock  and  Performance  Shares  under  the  World  Acceptance  Corporation  2011  Stock  Option  Plan  and  the 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

World Acceptance Corporation 2017 Stock Incentive Plan to certain employee directors, vice presidents of operations, 
vice presidents, senior vice presidents, and executive officers. Separately, the Compensation Committee approved certain 
grants of Service Options and Restricted Stock to certain of the Company’s non-employee directors. 

Under the long-term incentive program, up to 100% of the shares of restricted stock subject to the Performance Shares 
shall vest, if at all, based on the achievement of two trailing earnings per share performance targets established by the 
Compensation Committee that are based on earnings per share (measured at the end of each calendar quarter, commencing 
with the calendar quarter ending September 30, 2019) for the previous four calendar quarters. The Performance Shares 
are eligible to vest over the Performance Share Measurement Period and subject to each respective employee’s continued 
employment  at  the  Company  through  the  last  day  of  the  applicable  Performance  Share  Measurement  Period  (or  as 
otherwise provided under the terms of the applicable award agreement or applicable employment agreement). 

The Performance Share performance targets are set forth below. 

Trailing 4-Quarter EPS Targets for 
September 30, 2018 through March 31, 2025 
$16.35 
$20.45 

Restricted Stock Eligible for Vesting 
(Percentage of Award) 
40% 
60% 

The Restricted Stock awards will vest in six equal annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant 
date, subject to each respective employee’s continued employment at the Company through each applicable vesting date 
or otherwise provided under the terms of the applicable award agreement or applicable employment agreement. 

The Service Options will vest in six equal annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, subject 
to each respective employee’s continued employment at the Company through each applicable vesting date or otherwise 
provided under the terms of the applicable award agreement or applicable employment agreement. The option price is 
equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date and the Service Options shall have a 10-year term. 

The  Performance  Options  shall  fully  vest  if  the  Company  attains  the  trailing  earnings  per  share  target  over  four 
consecutive  calendar  quarters  occurring  between  September  30,  2018  and  March  31,  2025  described  below.  Such 
performance target was established by the Compensation Committee and will be measured at the end of each calendar 
quarter commencing on September 30, 2019. The Performance Options are eligible to vest over the Option Measurement 
Period, subject to each respective employee’s continued employment at the Company through the last day of the Option 
Measurement  Period  or  as  otherwise  provided  under  the  terms  of  the  applicable  award  agreement  or  applicable 
employment agreement. The option price is equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date and the 
Performance Options shall have a 10-year term. The Performance Option performance target is set forth below. 

Trailing 4-Quarter EPS Targets for 
September 30, 2018 through March 31, 2025 
$25.30 

Options Eligible for Vesting 
(Percentage of Award) 
100% 

Stock Options 

The weighted-average fair value at the grant date for options issued during the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 
2018  was  $57.69,  $53.50,  and  $39.49  per  share,  respectively. This  fair  value  was  estimated  at  grant  date  using  the 
weighted-average assumptions listed below. 

Dividend yield 
Expected volatility 
Average risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 

2020 

0 %  
52.28 %  
1.58 %  
6.3 years  

2019 

0 %  
48.94 %  
3.01 %  
6.7 years  

2018 

0 % 
52.97 % 
1.98 % 
5.0 years 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The expected stock price volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock for a period approximating 
the expected life. The expected life represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding after the 
grant date. The risk-free rate reflects the interest rate at grant date on zero coupon U.S. governmental bonds having a 
remaining life similar to the expected option term. 

Option activity for the year ended March 31, 2020 was as follows: 

Options outstanding, beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Expired 
Options outstanding, end of period 

Options exercisable, end of period 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

85.33        
112.54       
66.39       
99.43       
34.75       
88.30     
75.20     

6.50   $

4.41   $

551,175  

549,716  

Shares 
704,240     $
24,171    
(69,481)   
(10,432)   
(1,770)   
646,728     $

323,729     $

The aggregate intrinsic value reflected in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between 
the closing stock price on March 31, 2020 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that 
would have been received by option holders had all option holders exercised their options  as of  March 31, 2020. This 
amount will change as the stock's market price changes. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the periods 
ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was as follows: 

2020 
$5,083,094 

2019 
$4,433,495 

2018 
$12,336,156 

As of March 31, 2020, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock options amounted 
to approximately $10.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 4.2 
years. 

Restricted Stock 

During fiscal 2020, the Company granted 11,223 shares of restricted stock (which are equity classified), to certain vice 
presidents, senior vice presidents, executive officers, and non-employee directors with a grant date weighted average fair 
value of $90.23. 

During  fiscal  2019,  the  Company  granted 760,420 shares  of  restricted  stock  (which  are  equity  classified)  to  certain 
executive officers, with a grant date weighted average fair value of $101.61 per share. 

During fiscal 2018, the Company granted 24,456 shares of restricted stock (which are equity classified) to certain executive 
officers,  with  a  grant  date  weighted  average  fair  value  of $107.52  per  share.  One-third  of  these  awards  vest  on  each 
anniversary of the grant date over the three years following the grant date. 

Compensation expense related to restricted stock is based on the number of shares expected to vest and the fair market 
value of the common stock on the grant date. The Company recognized compensation expense of $23.4 million, $13.6 
million,  and  $3.1  million  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  respectively,  which  is  included  as  a 
component of general and administrative expenses in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.   

As of  March  31, 2020,  there was  approximately  $43.5  million  of unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to unvested 
restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over the next 3.5 years based on current estimates. 

81 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock as of March 31, 2020 and changes during the year ended March 
31, 2020, are presented below: 

Outstanding at March 31, 2019 
Granted during the period 
Vested during the period 
Forfeited during the period 
Outstanding at March 31, 2020 

Total Stock-Based Compensation 

Shares 

Weighted Average Fair 
Value at Grant Date 

783,450      $
11,223     
(89,419)    
—     

705,254      $

100.66  
90.23  
92.93  
—  
101.47  

Total stock-based compensation included as a component of net income during the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 
2018 was as follows: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Stock-based compensation related to equity classified units: 

Stock-based compensation related to stock options 
Stock-based compensation related to restricted stock 

Total stock-based compensation related to equity classified awards 

$  5,522,883    
23,429,277    
$  28,952,160    

3,991,967     
13,643,343     
17,635,310     

2,353,214   
3,081,405   
5,434,619   

(13)  Acquisitions 

The Company evaluates each set of assets and activities it acquires to determine if the set meets the definition of a business 
according  to  FASB  ASC  Topic  805-10-55.  Acquisitions  meeting  the  definition  of  a  business  are  accounted  for  as  a 
business combination while all other acquisitions are accounted for as an asset purchase.  

The following table sets forth the acquisition activity of the Company for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 
2018: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Number of branches acquired through business combinations 
Number of asset purchases 
Total acquisitions 

38    
140    
178    

17    
88    
105    

5  
34  
39  

Purchase price 
Tangible assets: 

Loans receivable, net 
Property and equipment 

$ 61,555,973     $ 44,145,787      $  17,574,172  

47,026,694    
74,000    
47,100,694    

33,920,847    
1,500    
33,922,347    

15,583,411  
3,000  
15,586,411  

Excess of purchase prices over fair value of net tangible assets 

$ 14,455,279     $ 10,223,440      $ 

1,987,761  

Customer lists 
Non-compete agreements 
Goodwill 

$ 13,228,951     $

890,000    
336,328    

9,688,440      $ 
535,000    
—    

815,518  
205,000  
967,243  

Acquisitions that are accounted for as business combinations typically result in one or more new branches. In such cases, 
the Company typically retains the existing employees and the branch location from the acquisition. The purchase price is 

82 

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

allocated to the tangible assets and intangible assets acquired based upon their estimated fair values at the acquisition 
date. The remainder is allocated to goodwill. 

The following table describes the Company's business combination activity for the year ended March 31, 2020. 

Acquiree Name 

No. 
1  Western Shamrock Corporation (11 branches) 
2  Western Shamrock Corporation (7 branches) 
3  Western Shamrock Corporation (3 branches) 
4  Loyal Loans (7 branches) 
5  Courtesy Loans (1 branch) 
6  Courtesy Loans (8 branches) 
7  Eagle Financial Services (1 branch) 

Acquiree State(s) 
GA 
SC 
AL 
UT 
IL 
MO, LA 
TN 

Date 
4/29/2019 
5/9/2019 
5/14/2019 
8/27/2019 
8/28/2019 
9/6/2019 
2/27/2020 

Acquisitions that are accounted for as asset purchases are typically limited to acquisitions of loan portfolios. The purchase 
price  is  allocated  to  the  tangible  assets  and  intangible  assets  acquired  based  upon  their  estimated  fair  values  at  the 
acquisition date. In an asset purchase, no goodwill is recorded. 

The Company’s acquisitions include tangible assets (generally loans and furniture and equipment) and intangible assets 
(generally non-compete agreements, customer lists, and goodwill), both of which are recorded at their fair values, which 
are estimated pursuant to the processes described below. 

Acquired loans are valued at the net loan balance. Given the short-term nature of these loans, generally eight months, and 
that these loans are priced at current rates, management believes the net loan balances approximate their fair value. 

Furniture and equipment are valued at the specific purchase price as agreed to by both parties at the time of acquisition, 
which management believes approximates their fair values. 

Non-compete agreements are valued at the stated amount paid to the other party for these agreements, which the Company 
believes approximates the fair value.  

Customer lists are valued with a valuation model that utilizes the Company’s historical data to estimate the value of any 
acquired customer lists. Customer lists are allocated at a branch level and are evaluated for impairment at a branch level 
when  a  triggering  event  occurs  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  360-10-05.  If  a  triggering  event  occurs,  the 
impairment loss to the customer list is generally the remaining unamortized customer list balance. In most acquisitions, 
the original fair value of the customer list allocated to an office is less than $100,000, and management believes that in 
the event a triggering event were to occur, the impairment loss to an unamortized customer list would be immaterial. 

The  results  of  all  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  since  the 
respective acquisition date. The pro forma impact of these branches as though they had been acquired at the beginning of 
the periods presented would not have a material effect on the results of operations as reported. 

(14)  Fair Value 

Fair Value Disclosures 

The Company may carry certain financial instruments and derivative assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring 
basis. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company determines the fair values of its financial 
instruments based on the fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and 
minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are grouped in three levels. The levels prioritize the inputs used to 
measure the fair value of the assets or liabilities. These levels are: 

•  Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
•  Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for assets and liabilities, either directly or indirectly. 
These inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical 
or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are less active. 

•  Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for assets or liabilities reflecting the reporting entity’s own assumptions. 

The Company’s financial instruments for the periods reported consist of the following: cash and cash equivalents, loans 
receivable, and senior notes payable. Fair value approximates carrying value for all of these instruments. Loans receivable 
are originated at prevailing market rates and have an average life of approximately 8 months. Given the short-term nature 
of these loans, they are continually repriced at current market rates. The Company’s revolving credit facility has a variable 
rate  based  on  a  margin  over  LIBOR  and  reprices  with  any  changes  in  LIBOR.  The  Company  also  considered  its 
creditworthiness in its determination of fair value. 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of amounts the Company measures at fair value on a recurring basis are 
summarized below. 

March 31, 2020 

March 31, 2019 

Input Level   Carrying Value   

Estimated Fair 
Value 

  Carrying Value   

Estimated Fair 
Value 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash 
t
l
Loans receivable, net 

i

LIABILITIES 

Senior notes payable 

1 
3 

3 

  $

11,618,922     $
804,402,786    

11,618,922     $ 
804,402,786    

9,335,433     $

755,624,007     

9,335,433  
755,624,007  

451,100,000    

451,100,000    

251,940,000     

251,940,000  

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of amounts the Company measures at fair value on a non-recurring 
basis, which are limited to the Company's assets held for sale, are summarized below. 

ASSETS 

Assets held for sale 

March 31, 2020 

Input Level   Carrying Value   

Estimated Fair 
Value 

2 

  $ 

3,991,498     $

3,991,498  

The  Company  re-valued  its  corporate  headquarters  in  Greenville,  SC  as  of  March  31,  2020  in  conjunction  with  its 
reclassification of the related assets as held for sale. The revaluation resulted in an impairment loss of approximately 
$251,000, which is included as a component of other expense in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations. 
The observable inputs the Company used in its revaluation were the agreed-upon prices to sell the assets. 

There were no other significant assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of March 31, 2020 
and 2019. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(15)  Quarterly Information (Unaudited) 

The following sets forth selected quarterly operating data: 

Fiscal 2020 
  Second    Third 

First 

  Fourth   

First 

  Second    Third 

  Fourth 

Fiscal 2019 

(Dollars in thousands, except for earnings per share data) 

Total revenues 
Provision for loan losses 
General and 
administrative expenses 
Interest expense 
Income tax expense 
Income (loss) from 
discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) per 
common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

$ 138,441     141,573     146,996     163,018     122,790     127,116     137,639     156,997  
28,533  

30,591     40,359    

52,968     55,219    

41,291    

32,252    

48,944    

81,776    
4,403    
2,363    

78,452     90,558    
7,130    
6,328    
356    
1,312    

96,707    
8,035    
2,721    

67,777     64,936    
4,158    
4,225    
3,604    
4,559    

76,964    
4,637    
834    

78,626  
4,914  
6,984  

—    
$  8,608    

—    
2,513    

—    
(6,267)   

—    
23,303    

(37,141)   
479    
(21,503)    14,538    

—    
6,260    

—  
37,940  

$ 
$ 

1.01    
0.97    

0.32    
0.31    

(0.87)   
(0.87)   

3.23    
3.18    

(2.37)   
(2.32)   

1.60    
1.56    

0.69    
0.67    

4.34  
4.22  

The  Company's  highest  loan  demand  occurs  generally  from  October  through  December,  its  third  fiscal  quarter. Loan 
demand is generally lowest and loan repayment highest from January to March, its fourth fiscal quarter. Consequently, the 
Company experiences significant seasonal fluctuations in its operating results and cash needs. Operating results from the 
Company's third fiscal quarter are generally lower than in other quarters and operating results for its fourth fiscal quarter 
are generally higher than in other quarters. 

(16)  Commitments and Contingencies 

Mexico Investigation  

As previously disclosed, the Company retained outside legal counsel and forensic accountants to conduct an investigation 
of its operations in Mexico, focusing on the legality under the FCPA and certain local laws of certain payments related 
to  loans,  the  maintenance  of  the  Company’s  books  and  records  associated  with  such  payments,  and  the  treatment  of 
compensation matters for certain employees. 

The investigation addressed whether and to what extent improper payments, which may violate the FCPA and other local 
laws, were made approximately between 2010 and 2017 by or on behalf of WAC de Mexico, to government officials in 
Mexico relating to loans made to unionized employees. The Company voluntarily contacted the SEC and the DOJ in June 
2017 to advise both agencies that an internal investigation was underway and that the Company intended to cooperate 
with both agencies. The Company has and will continue to cooperate with both agencies. The SEC has issued a formal 
order of investigation.  

There have been ongoing discussions with the SEC regarding the possible resolution of these matters. The discussions 
with the SEC have progressed to a point that the Company can now reasonably estimate a probable loss and has recorded 
an aggregate accrual of $21.7 million with respect to the SEC matters as of March 31, 2020. As the discussions with the 
SEC are continuing, there can be no assurance that the Company's efforts to reach a final resolution with the SEC will be 
successful or, if they are, what the timing or terms of such resolution will be.  The Company has no offer of settlement or 
resolution with the DOJ at this time. The total amount of the Company’s loss incurred in connection with the investigation 
and any resolution thereof, including those amounts which remain subject to approval by the SEC, may be higher than 
the amount of the accrual. 

85 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

If violations of the FCPA or other local laws occurred, the Company could be subject to fines, civil and criminal penalties, 
equitable remedies, including profit disgorgement and related interest, and injunctive relief. In addition, any disposition 
of these matters could adversely impact our access to debt financing and capital funding and result in further modifications 
to  our  business  practices  and  compliance  programs.  Any  disposition  could  also  potentially  require  that  a  monitor  be 
appointed to review future business practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with the FCPA and other applicable 
laws. The Company could also face fines, sanctions, and other penalties from authorities in Mexico, as well as third-party 
claims  by  shareholders  and/or  other  stakeholders  of  the  Company.  In  addition,  disclosure  of  the  investigation  could 
adversely affect the Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from its current 
customers and potential customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access the capital markets. If it is determined 
that a violation of the FCPA or other laws has occurred, such violation may give rise to an event of default under the 
Company’s  credit  agreement  if  such  violation  were  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) or if the amount of any settlement, penalties, fines, or 
other payments resulted in the Company failing to satisfy any financial covenants. Additional potential FCPA violations 
or violations of other laws or regulations may be uncovered through the investigation. 

In addition to the ultimate liability for disgorgement and related interest, the Company believes that it could be further 
liable  for  fines  and  penalties.  The  Company  is  continuing  its  discussions  with  the  SEC  regarding  the  matters  under 
investigation, but the ultimate resolution could be higher than the accrual. Further, in the event that a settlement is reached, 
there can be no assurance as to the timing or the terms of any such settlement.  

General 

In addition, from time to time the Company is involved in litigation matters relating to claims arising out of its operations 
in the normal course of business. 

Estimating  an  amount  or  range  of  possible  losses  resulting  from  litigation,  government  actions,  and  other  legal 
proceedings is inherently difficult and requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve 
indeterminate claims for monetary damages, may involve fines, penalties, or damages that are discretionary in amount, 
involve a large number of claimants or significant discretion by regulatory authorities, represent a change in regulatory 
policy or interpretation, present novel legal theories, are in the early stages of the proceedings, are subject to appeal or 
could result in a change in business practices. In addition, because most legal proceedings are resolved over extended 
periods of time, potential losses are subject to change due to, among other things, new developments, changes in legal 
strategy, the outcome of intermediate procedural and substantive rulings and other parties’ settlement posture and their 
evaluation of the strength or weakness of their case against us. For these reasons, we are currently unable to predict the 
ultimate timing or outcome of, or reasonably estimate the possible losses or a range of possible losses resulting from, the 
matters described above. Based on information currently available, the Company does not believe that any reasonably 
possible losses arising from currently pending legal matters will be material to the Company’s results of operations or 
financial conditions. However, in light of the inherent uncertainties involved in such matters, an adverse outcome in one 
or more of these matters could materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations 
or cash flows in any particular reporting period. 

(17)  Assets Held for Sale 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 the Company moved its corporate headquarters from properties it owned outright in 
Greenville, SC to leased office space in downtown Greenville, SC. Under ASC 360-10, the properties met the criteria for 
classification as held for sale as of March 31, 2020. In conjunction with the classification of the properties as held for 
sale, the Company recognized an impairment loss of approximately $251,000, which is included as a component of other 
expense in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

The following table reconciles the major classes of assets held for sale to the amounts presented in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets: 

Assets held for sale: 
Property and equipment, net 
Total assets held for sale 

86 

  March 31, 2020 

  $
  $

3,991,498   
3,991,498   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(18)  Discontinued Operations 

On August 3, 2018 the Company and its affiliates completed the sale of the Company's Mexico operating segment in its 
entirety. The Company sold all of the issued and outstanding capital stock and equity interest of WAC de Mexico and 
SWAC to the Purchasers, effective as of July 1, 2018, for a purchase price of approximately $44.36 million. Under the 
terms of the stock purchase agreement, we are obligated to indemnify the Purchasers for claims and liabilities relating to 
certain investigations of WAC de Mexico, SWAC, or the Sellers by the DOJ or the SEC that commenced prior to July 1, 
2018.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  provided  limited  ParaData  systems  and  software  training  to  the  Purchasers,  as 
requested. The Company has not and will not have any other involvement with the Mexico operating segment subsequent 
to the sale's effective date.  

The following table reconciles the major classes of line items constituting pre-tax income (loss) of discontinued operations 
to the amounts presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations: 

Revenues 
Provision for loan losses 
General and administrative expenses 

2020 

  $ 

Year ended March 31, 
2019 
9,693,367     $ 46,037,802  
1,809,059    
13,358,989  
5,542,483    
28,325,196  

—     $
—    
—    

2018 

Income from discontinued operations before disposal of 
discontinued operations and income taxes 

Gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations 
Income taxes (benefit) 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations 

2,341,825    
(38,377,623)   
626,583    

—    
—    
—    
—     $ (36,662,381)    $

4,353,617  
—  
(243,321) 
4,596,938  

  $ 

The following table presents operating, investing and financing cash flows for the Company’s discontinued operations: 

2020 

Year ended March 31, 
2019 

2018 

Cash provided by operating activities: 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities: 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities: 

  $

  $

—     $ 
—    
—     $ 

3,553,854     $
1,138,084    
(17,126,000)    $

19,511,343  
(3,649,778) 
—  

(19)  Subsequent Events 

COVID-19 Pandemic 

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant economic disruption in the United States as many state and local governments, 
including all of the states in which we operate, have ordered non-essential businesses to close and residents to shelter in place 
at home. This has resulted in an unprecedented slow-down in economic activity and a related increase in unemployment. Since 
the  COVID-19  pandemic,  more  than  30  million  people  have  filed  claims  for  unemployment,  and  stock  markets  have 
significantly declined in value.  

For the majority of states in which we operate, we are considered to be an essential business.  However, the spread of COVID-
19 has caused us to modify our business practices, including limiting branch hours and employee travel, implementing work-
from-home initiatives for employees when possible, and cancelling physical participation in meetings and training sessions. 

On March 27, 2020, the U.S. Congress passed the CARES Act, which provided several forms of economic relief designed to 
defray the impact of COVID-19.  In subsequent weeks, the Company experienced a decrease in loan applications. The extent 
to which COVID-19 may impact our financial condition or results of operations is uncertain. 

In April 2020, the Company began deferring loan payments for some of its customers. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  Company  evaluated  its  March  31,  2020  consolidated  financial  statements  for  subsequent  events  through  the  date  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  were  issued.  As  a  result  of  the  spread  of  COVID-19  and  the  response  of  government 
authorities, economic uncertainties have arisen which are likely to negatively impact our operational and financial performance. 
The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, 
including the duration and spread of the outbreak and impact on our customers, employees and the markets in which we operate, 
all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted.  

Management is not aware of any other significant events occurring subsequent to the balance sheet date that would have a 
material effect on the financial statements thereby requiring adjustment or disclosure.

88 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a 
–  15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934. We  have  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  March 31,  2020. Our  assessment  was  based  on  criteria  established  in  the  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the preparation  of financial statements for  external  purposes  in accordance with generally  accepted 
accounting principles.  Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

(1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  our  transactions  and 

dispositions of our assets; 

(2)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only 
in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; and 

(3)  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition 

of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, any 
assumptions regarding internal control over financial reporting in future periods based on an evaluation of effectiveness in a 
prior period are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Based on using the COSO criteria, we believe our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2020 was effective. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual 
Report and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their 
report. 

By:   /s/ R. Chad Prashad 
R. Chad Prashad 

President and Chief Executive Officer 
Date:  May 29, 2020 

By:   /s/ John L. Calmes, Jr. 
John L. Calmes, Jr. 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and 
Strategy Officer 
Date:   May 29, 2020 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of World Acceptance Corporation and subsidiaries 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of World Acceptance Corporation and its subsidiaries (the 
Company)  as  of  March  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income, 
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2020, and the related notes to the 
consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, 
in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations 
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States) (PCAOB),  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31,  2020,  based  on  criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated May 29, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules 
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due 
to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matters 
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that 
were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that 
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The 
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and 
we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on 
the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 
As described in Notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company established an allowance for loan losses 
of $96.5 million as of March 31, 2020, which was estimated using quantitative and qualitative factors. The Company’s general 
reserve is 4.25% of the gross loan portfolio and the specific reserve represents 100% of the gross loan balance of all loans 91 
days  or  more  days  past  due  on  a  recency  basis,  including  bankrupt  accounts  in  that  category.  Management  considered  the 
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses by evaluating growth of the loan portfolio, current levels of charge-offs, current 
levels  of  delinquencies,  and  current  economic  factors.  Additionally,  management  uses  a  recency  movement  model  which 
considers the rolling twelve months of delinquency on the basis of the date of last payment made by the customer to determine 
expected charge-offs, which is compared to the allowance to determine if any adjustments are needed. Management utilizes 
significant judgment in determining probable incurred losses and in identifying and evaluating qualitative factors.  

We identified the Company’s allowance for loan losses as a critical audit  matter as auditing management’s judgments and 
qualitative factors regarding the allowance for loan losses requires a high degree of auditor judgment and increased extent of 
audit effort.   

90 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s allowance for loan losses include the following, among others: 

•  We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the allowance for loan losses, and tested such controls 
for design and operating effectiveness including those controls over (a) validation of data within movement model (on 
a recency basis), (b) loan charge-off activity, and (c) the management review and approval of the computed allowance 
for loan losses; 

•  We tested the completeness and accuracy of data inputs into the recency movement model. 
•  We evaluated the Company’s ability to estimate losses by comparing historical estimates with actual loss experience. 
•  We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s delinquency amounts used within the recency movement model 

by performing the following procedures: 

◦  Testing the loan system’s recency aging calculation on a sample of loans. 
◦  Analytically reviewing delinquency trends. 

•  We  evaluated  the  appropriateness  of  the  general  and  specific  reserve  by  testing  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the 

quantitative calculations used by the Company. 

•  We evaluated key assumptions and qualitative factors identified by the Company for reasonableness by comparing to 

internal and external sources.  

/s/ RSM US LLP 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014. 

Las Vegas, Nevada 
May 29, 2020 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of World Acceptance Corporation and subsidiaries 

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
We have audited World Acceptance Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as 
of March 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  in  2013.  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal 
Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  March  31,  2020  and  2019  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended March 31, 2020, and our report dated May 29, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion. 

Basis for Opinion 
The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on 
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or 
disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ RSM US LLP 

Las Vegas, Nevada 
May 29, 2020 

92 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

The  Company  had  no  disagreements  on  accounting  or  financial  disclosure  matters  with  its  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm to report under this Item 9. 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Based on management’s evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded 
that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, are effective 
to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the 
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and 
is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as 
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the 
Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and 15d-15(f)  under  the Exchange Act)  to  provide  reasonable  assurance regarding the  reliability  of  our 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. 

Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2020, the end of our fiscal year. Management 
based its assessment on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Management’s assessment included evaluation of elements 
such as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, 
and our overall control environment. 

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the 
end of the fiscal year to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Management’s Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. We reviewed the results of management’s assessment with 
the Audit Compliance Committee of our Board of Directors. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, RSM US LLP, independently assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  RSM  US  LLP  has  issued  an  attestation  report  concurring  with  management’s 
assessment, which is included at the end of Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls 

Our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure 
controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control 
system,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  control 
system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the 
benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, 
no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all 
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments 
in  decision-making  can  be faulty  and  that  breakdowns  can  occur because  of  simple  error or  mistake.  Controls  can  also  be 
circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the 
controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and 
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  design  will  succeed  in  achieving  its  stated  goals  under  all  potential  future  conditions. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. 

Item 9B. 

Other Information 

None. 

PART III. 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Information contained under the captions “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Delinquent Section 
16(a)  Reports”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  in  response  to  this  Item  10. The  information  in 
response to this Item 10 regarding the executive officers of the Company is contained in Item 1, Part I hereof under the caption 
“Information about our Executive Officers.” 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Information contained under the captions “Corporate Governance,” “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” and 
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 
11. The “Report of the Compensation Committee” in the Proxy Statement, which shall be deemed furnished, but not filed 
herewith, is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 11. 

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information contained under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity 
Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein in response to this Item 12. 

For additional information on our stock option plans, see Note 12 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the 
year ended March 31, 2020. 

Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

Information  contained  under  the  captions  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Person  Transactions”  and  “Corporate 
Governance” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 13. 

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information  contained  under  the  caption  “Proposal  3  -  Ratification  of  Appointment  of  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 14. 

PART IV. 

Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)(1)  The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  the  Company  and  Report  of  Independent  Registered 
Public Accounting Firm are filed as part of this Annual Report under Item 8. 

Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2020 and 2019  

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018  

Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  March 31,  2020, 

2019, and 2018  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules 

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under 
the  related  instructions,  are  inapplicable,  or  the  required  information  is  included  elsewhere  in  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

(a)(3)  Exhibits 

The list of exhibits filed as a part of this Form 10-K is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signatures to 
this Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference in this Item 15(a)(3). 

(b) 

Exhibits 

The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(c) 

Separate Financial Statements and Schedules 

Financial statement schedules have been omitted since the required information is included in our Consolidated Financial 
Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 16.  

Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

WORLD ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION 

By:   /s/ R. Chad Prashad 
R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Date:  May 29, 2020 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ R. Chad Prashad 

R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Signing on behalf of the registrant and as principal 
executive officer 

/s/ John L. Calmes, Jr. 

John L. Calmes, Jr. 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Strategy 
Officer 
Signing on behalf of the registrant and as principal financial 
officer 

Date:    May 29, 2020 

Date:    May 29, 2020 

/s/ Scott McIntyre 

Scott McIntyre 
Senior Vice President of Accounting 
Signing on behalf of the registrant and as principal 
accounting officer 

Date:    May 29, 2020 

/s/ Ken R. Bramlett, Jr. 

Ken R. Bramlett, Jr. 
Chairman of the Board of Directors and a Director 

/s/ Scott J. Vassalluzzo 

   Scott J. Vassalluzzo 
   Director 

Date:    May 29, 2020 

Date:    May 29, 2020 

/s/ Charles D. Way 

Charles D. Way 
Director 

/s/ Darrell Whitaker 

   Darrell Whitaker 
   Director 

Date:    May 29, 2020 

Date:    May 29, 2020 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS  

Ken R. Bramlett Jr. 
Private Investor   

Darrell E. Whitaker 
President and Chief Operating Officer  
IMI Resort Holdings, Inc. 

R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
World Acceptance Corporation 

CORPORATE OFFICERS 

R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

John L. Calmes, Jr. 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Strategy 
Officer and Treasurer 

D. Clinton Dyer 
Executive Vice President, Chief Branch Operations Officer 

Luke J. Umstetter 
Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel 

Scott McIntyre 
Senior Vice President, Accounting 

A. Lindsay Caulder 
Senior Vice President, Human Resources 

Jason E. Childers 
Senior Vice President, Information Technology 

Chris M. Simonetti 
Senior Vice President, Strategy and Analytics 

Charles D. Way 
Private Investor 

Scott J. Vassalluzzo 
Managing Member 
Prescott General Partners LLC 

Zachary W. Denton 
Vice President, Predictive Analytics 

Robert D. Edwards 
Vice President, Operations Performance 

Brian D. Hoff  
Vice President, IT Business Applications 

Keith T. Littrell 
Vice President, Tax and Assistant Secretary 

Victoria G. Hammond 
Vice President, Marketing 

Thomas M. Wagner, Jr.  
Vice President, Customer Success 

Jackie C. Willyard  
Senior Vice President, Southeastern Division 

Jeff L. Tinney  
Senior Vice President, Western Division

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock 

Executive Offices 

World  Acceptance  Corporation’s  common  stock  trades  on 
the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol: WRLD. 
As of July 7, 2020, there were 30 shareholders of record and 
the  Company  believes  there  are  a  significant  number  of 
persons or entities who hold their stock in nominee or “street” 
names through various brokerage firms.  On this date, there 
were 7,417,863 shares of common stock outstanding. 

The table below reflects the stock prices published by Nasdaq 
by quarter for the last two fiscal years. The last reported sales 
price on July 7, 2020 was $64.75. 

Market Price of Common Stock 

Fiscal 2020 

Quarter 

  High 

Low 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

$  166.70 
175.78 
133.98 
93.04 

$  115.10 
119.23 
84.56 
50.70 

  Fiscal 2019 

Quarter 

High 

Low 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

$ 

125.13 
125.14 
114.39 
124.46 

$ 

100.05 
99.90 
89.78 
99.90 

World Acceptance Corporation 
Post Office Box 6429 (29606) 
100 South Main Street, Suite 400 (29601) 
Greenville, South Carolina 
(864) 298-9800 

Transfer Agent 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
10150 Mallard Creek Drive, Suite 307 
Charlotte, North Carolina 28262 
(718) 921-8522 

Legal Counsel 

Womble Bond Dickinson (US) LLP  
550 South Main Street, Suite 400 
Greenville, SC 29601 

Independent Registered Public Accounting  
Firm 

RSM US LLP 
1201 Edwards Mill Road, Suite 300 
Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 

Annual Report on Form 10-K 

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, may be 
obtained  without  charge  by  writing  to  the  Corporate 
Secretary  at  the  executive  offices  of  the  Company.    In 
addition to the copy contained herein, the Form 10-K can also 
be  reviewed  or  downloaded  from  the  Company’s  website: 
http://www.loansbyworld.com.  

The  Company  has  never  paid  a  dividend  on  its  Common 
Stock.  The Company presently intends to retain its earnings 
to  finance  the  growth  and  development  of  its  business  and 
does  not  expect  to  pay  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable 
future.  The Company’s debt agreements also contain certain 
limitations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends.  

For Further Information 

R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
World Acceptance Corporation 
(864) 298-9800 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
World Acceptance Corporation2020 Annual ReportPhoto: VisitGreenvilleSC/Dread Xeppelin Aerial